HYUNDAI MOBIS AV240DPAN CAR AVN User Manual
HYUNDAI MOBIS CO., LTD. CAR AVN
Users Manual
Read the following safety cautions for your
safety.
Please read the following safety matters for your safety. This
User's Manual describes circumstances that may
inflict injury onto drivers and others with the following notations
(Warning, Caution, Information, Notice).
Before using the product, read the contents of this user's
manual carefully and use this product safely.
• Information on specific features that facilitate proper product use and
functional understanding
• Information on terminology used within this manual
Notice
• Information and tips that provides additional user convenience in
using the product
Information
Notations used within this User's Manual
Safety Warnings
Failure to observe the safety instructions within this category
could result in serious injury or death.
Safety Cautions
Failure to observe the safety instructions within this category
could result in accident related injuries or damage
to the vehicle.
ȄThe design and specification of this product may change
without prior notification for product improvement.
Caution
• Information on matters that could potentially lead to injury or vehicle
damage/malfunction
• Information that could lead to higher user safety
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Cautions upon Using SD Cards
Ejecting and Inserting SD Cards
• Ejecting and inserting SD cards while the Navigation system is operating may result in SD Card or
System errors. To eject or insert the SD card, first turn off the Navigation system and the vehicle
ignition.
• Eject/insert SD cards only to update the navigation system with a new version.
ȄWhen an SD Card with the new version is inserted, then system update will occur automatically
Usage of SD Cards
• The SD Card is formatted to include only MAP and new system update files.
• The SD Card cannot be used to save and play Music/Videos.
• Do not add, delete, or format files within the SD Card.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
iPod®is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
iPod
տ
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Hyundai/Kia is under license.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® wireless technology.
For more information on Bluetooth® compatibility, refer to
the Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Bluetooth
տ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
1Basic
Warnings and Cautions
Key Product Features
Component Names and Functions
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Even when receiving route guidance from the Navigation
system, please abide by actual traffic and road regulations.
Following only the Navigation route guidance may lead to
violations of actual traffic and road regulations and lead to
traffic accidents.
Do not stare at the screen while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
Do not operate the Navigation system while driving, such
as entering POIs or conducting route searches. Such acts
could lead to accidents, fire, or electric shock. Park the
vehicle before operating the device.
Do not disassemble, assemble, or modify the Navigation
system. Such acts could result in accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
Warnings and Cautions
Heed caution not to spill water or introduce foreign objects
into the device. Such acts could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound
can be heard as these signs may indicate product
malfunction. Continued use in such conditions could lead to
accidents (fires, electric shock) or product malfunctions.
Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock.
Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate
the product. Such acts could lead to traffic accidents.
For most AV and multimedia modes, the display will not
operate when the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to watch or view the screen. (The screen
will operate when the parking brake is set to ON for manual
transmission vehicles and when set to P or Parking Brake
On state for auto transmission vehicles.)
Safety Warnings
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
In some instances, the navigation may provide guidance
through restricted areas.
Operating the device while driving could lead to accidents
due to a lack of attention to external surroundings. First
park the vehicle before operating the device. In addition,
the touch screen may not work for some functions when
the vehicle is in motion. The touch screen feature will be
supported once the vehicle has stopped.
Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear
sounds from outside of the vehicle. Driving in a state
where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to
accidents.
Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the
device on. A sudden output of extreme volume upon
turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment.
(Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off
the device.
If you want to change the position of device installation,
please inquire with your place of purchase or service
maintenance center.
Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble
the device.
Turn on the car ignition before using this device. Do not
operate the Navigation system for long periods of time with
the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery
discharge.
Upon using the Navigation system for more than 10 minutes
with the car engine turned off, the following warning will be
displayed. After 10 minutes, the warning will be displayed for
5 seconds every 1 minute.
Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact.
Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may
cause damage to the LCD or touch screen.
When cleaning the device, make sure to turn off the
device and use a dry and smooth cloth.
Never use tough materials, chemical cloths, or solvents
(alcohol, benzene, thinners, etc.) as such materials may
damage the device panel or cause color/quality deterioration.
When experiencing product malfunctions, inquire with
your place of purchase or service maintenance center.
Pay attention to traffic conditions while driving.
Safety Cautions
0
.
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
1
0
0
9
0
8
0
7
0
6
0
5
1
1
1
2
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Key Product Features
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Display
Wide TFT-LCD Display
• Provides high quality video and music through a Wide TFT-LCD Display using an LED Back Light
• Touch screen for maximum user convenience
Radio
Digital Tuner Feature
• Digital Tuner using PPL method that supports memory of 6 broadcast stations for each AM, FM1, and FM2 modes
Integrated Antenna (RADIO+NAVI)
• Outstanding reception via integrated antenna with high sensitivity
Radio broadcast station name
• Displays broadcast station names for key locations
HD Radio / Satellite Radio feature
• Supports HD Radio and Satellite Radio (XM)
Multimedia
Player
- Support for various Media Formats
• Support for various media formats, including Radio, audio MP3 CD, USB, iPod and AUX
• Supports USB, iPod, and Bluetooth Audio Streaming modes
-My Music
• Supports copying of music stored within USB or iPod devices into My Music (internal memory) mode
- USB Image
• Copy to view and save images saved in USB devices
Navigation
-Voice Guidance
• Voice route guidance to safely and conveniently reach set destinations
• Various map scales that enables drivers to accurately view map and surrounding areas
-Automatic Correction for Current Location
• Automatically corrects current position using map matching and GPS information
Blue Link
Sync with Blue Link Center
Vehicle Diagnostics/Maintenance
Miscellaneous
- Bluetooth Handsfree
• Convenient use of Bluetooth Handsfree by using buttons within the steering remote controller
- Digital Screen Control Features
• Easy control of screen controls through touch screen options
- Steering Remote Controller
• Control over audio features, voice recognition and Bluetooth through the steering remote controller for maximum convenience
This device is an Audio Navigation system equipped with a multifunctional disc player that supports Radio (FM1, FM2,
AM), Audio CD, MP3, USB, iPod, and Audio AUX features. The WIDE VGA LCD provides a high quality resolution while
the powerful and rich sound system adds to driving enjoyment.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Head Unit
Notation Description
[PHONE] Converts to Bluetooth® Handsfree mode
[SEEK
TRACK
]
When [SEEK TRACK] keys are pressed shortly
(under 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, plays previous/next frequency
• In XM mode, plays the previous/next channel
• In CD/MP3/USB/iPod/My Music modes, changes the
track, file or chapter
When [SEEK TRACK] keys are pressed and held (over
0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, continuously changes the frequency until
the key is released and plays the current frequency
• In XM mode, continuously changes the channel until
the key is released and plays the current channel
• In CD/MP3/USB/iPod/My Music modes, rewinds or fast
forwards the track or file
[FM/AM]
• Converts to FM/AM mode
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode is changed in order
of FM1 ȥFM2 ȥAM ȥFM1
[INFO] Displays the Info mode screen
[MEDIA]
• Displays CD, MP3, USB, iPod, AUX, Bluetooth Audio
Streaming, My Music modes
• If the media is not connected or a disc is not inserted,
corresponding modes will be disabled.
SAT
Converts to XM mode
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode is changed in order
of XM1 ȥXM2 ȥXM3 ȥXM1
Component Names and Functions
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Head Unit
Component Names and Functions
Notation Description
ೠPWR key
ೠVOL Knob
• When power is off, press to turn power on
• When power is on, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
to turn power off
• When power is on, press shortly (under 0.8 seconds) to
turn AV off
• Turn left/right to control volume
[Route] Displays Route menu screen
[Setup] Displays the Setup mode
[Map] Displays the map for the current position
[TUNE]
• In FM/AM mode, changes the frequency
• In XM mode, changes the channel
• In CD, MP3, USB, iPod, My Music modes, changes the
track/file
[Dest] Displays the Destination setup menu
[ENTER] Executes the selection
[ ] Press to insert or eject disc
[Clock] Displays current time and date
[RESET] Resets and restarts the system
[ ] SD Card insert slot
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Steering Remote Controller
Notation Description
4[MODE]
• Each time this key is pressed, the mode is changed in
order of FM1ȥFM2ȥAMȥXM1ȥXM2ȥXM3 ȥUSB(Music ȥImage)
or iPod ȥAUXȥBluetooth Audio ȥMy Music
• If the media is not connected or a disc is not inserted,
corresponding modes will be disabled.
• Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) to turn the AV
system on/off
• When power is off, press the key to turn power back on
5 [ࡸ۽ࢉݥ] Converts to voice recognition mode
6 []
When pressed shortly (under 1.2 seconds)
• When pressed in the phone screen, displays call history screen
• When pressed in the dial screen, makes a call
• When pressed in the incoming call screen, answers the call
• When pressed during call waiting, switches to waiting call (Call W aiting)
When pressed and held (over 1.2 seconds)
• When pressed in the Bluetooth® Handsfree wait mode,
redials the last call
• When pressed during a Bluetooth® Handsfree call,
switches call back to mobile phone (Private)
• When pressed while calling on the mobile phone, switches
call back to Bluetooth® Handsfree
(Operates only when Bluetooth® Handsfree is connected)
7 [ࣗՎ]When pressed during a call, ends the phone call
When pressed in the incoming call screen, rejects the call
Notation Description
1[ࡸԛ࣏
ࢸ]Controls the volume
2[MUTE] Mutes the sound
3 [ű, V]
When , keys are pressed shortly (under 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, searches broadcast frequencies saved to
Presets
• In XM modes, searches broadcast channels saved to Presets
• In CD/MP/USB/iPod/My Music modes, changes the track, file or
chapter. \
When , keys are pressed and held (over 0.8 seconds)
• In FM/AM mode, automatically searches broadcast frequencies
and channels
• In XM modes, automatically searches broadcast channels
• In CD/MP/USB/iPod/My Music modes: rewinds or fast forwards
the track of file.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Climate System
Notation Description
1[MODE] Sets the fan direction
2[CLIMATE] Displays the climate info screen
3[ ] Removes humidity and frost by blowing fan towards the
front window
4[ ] The side mirror and rear window defroster is turned on/off
5[A/C] Turns the air conditioner on/off
6 [TEMP] Controls the driver-side temperature
7[ ] Switches the air intake mode to recirculation
8[ ] Switches the air intake mode to outside air
9 [DUAL]
Turns DUAL mode on/off.
Upon turning on DUAL, the driver-side and passenger-side
temperature can be operated independently
10
[PASSAN
GER
TEMP]
Controls the passenger-side temperature
11 [AUTO]
Operates auto temperature mode to maintain cabin
temperature at suitable levels relative to outside
temperature
12 [OFF] Turns the climate system off
13 [ ] Sets the fan level
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Component Names and Functions
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the engine start button again or press and
hold the ೣpower key on the system to turn the
system off.
Turning the System On/Off
Turning the System On
Once the system is turned on, the booting
process will start and the safety warning page is
displayed.
Turning the System Off
Caution
• The safety warning page is displayed every
time the ignition is turned on. As these matters
are related to safety, closely read and comply
with the safety warnings.
Caution
• Pay attention to the volume setting when
turning the device on. A sudden output of
extreme volume upon turning the device on
could lead to hearing impairment.
Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before
turning off the device.
Information
•If the system is turned off while the Handsfree
is being used, then the call will automatically
switch back to the mobile phone.
Information
• If the engine start button is pressed without
pressing the brakes, then the ACC and system
will turn on . If the brakes are pressed, then the
IGN and system will turn on and the ignition
will start. .
• No operations are supported while the
system is booting. Some time may be required
until all features are ready for use.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Resetting the System Battery Warning Message
This feature is used to reset the system in the
occurrence of an unforeseen error or problem.
Notice
• Using the system for prolonged periods of time
without the engine running may result in battery
discharge.
Press and hold the RESET key (about 1 second).
The use of a clip or pin is recommended when
resetting the system.)
Use the system only when the engine is running.
If the system is turned on with the engine off,
then the following warning will be displayed.
This message will automatically disappear once
the engine is turned on.
•ݤݛ੬ ট̛ ݤ ̛࣑߾ ࢵࢠ ۶ࢽѸ߭
ыࢽؿ(Ԃҡࠝ ࣯ળܹࢵࢠ, ࡸԛ۶ࢽ, ִ۶
ࢽҟ)Қࢇ ষˈ ۘԻ ট̛ѼТЬ. ࢇЕ ٙ
ԛୃۘࢇ ߅Ф,̛̛ձ ট̛ ଜִ۰ ֻ֩չ߾
ࢵࢠѸ߹ы ࢽؿѦ ট̛Ѹ̛ ҶחТЬ.
Information
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Component Names and Functions
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:49 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
2Audio
• FM/AM Mode
• HD Radio Mode
• XM Mode
• About DISC
• CD Mode
• MP3 CD Mode
• USB Mode
• iPod Mode
• AUX Mode
• Bluetooth ® Audio Mode
• My Music Mode
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Name Description
Mode Display Displays currently operating mode
Preset Shows saved presets for user selection
Setting
Display Displays currently operating features/options
Stereo
Reception
Indicates that the current broadcast is a stereo
broadcast
Frequency Displays the current frequency
Broadcast
Station Displays the current broadcast station
Menu Displays Preset Scan and Text On (Text Off) menus
Scan Plays frequencies with superior reception for 5
seconds each
Auto store Saves frequencies with superior reception to Preset
buttons
Text On
(Text Off) Turns the Radio Text information on and off
Preset Scan Plays preset frequencies for 5 seconds each
Basic Mode Screen (HD Radio OFF)
FM/AM Mode
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Text On
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Name Description
HD Radio
Reception Displays main HD Radio channels
Broadcast
Station Displays the current broadcast station
Genre Displays the current broadcast genre
Broadcast
Info
Displays detailed information about the current
broadcast
Selection
buttons
Used to select the previous/next HD radio broadcast
channel
Tagging
Used to save song information for the currently
playing broadcast.
Upon connecting an iPod, song information is
transferred to the iPod and can be downloaded
through iTunes.
Info On
(Info Off)
When pressed, shows detailed information about
the current broadcast.
When pressed again, detailed information is turned
off.
FM/AM Mode
Basic Mode Screen (HD Radio ON)
FM1
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
ඔMenu Tagging
101.992.9 105.1 87.196.9 91.3
HD 3
Genre
HD 12 3 45 6 7 8
FM1
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
Scan
Preset Scan
Info Off
ඔMenu Tagging
101.992.9 105.1 87.196.9 91.3
HD 3
Genre
Autostore
HD 12 3 45 6 7 8
PS NAME 87.1
87.1
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the [FM/AM] key to change the mode
in order of FM1 ȥFM2 ȥAM.
When the power is OFF, pressing the
[FM/AM] key will turn the power on and
play a radio broadcast.
Press the [SEEK, TRACK ] keys to
automatically search for frequencies.
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Plays previous/next frequency
• Press and hold the key (under 0.8
seconds): Changes the frequency while
pressed and receives the next frequency
upon release.
Press the [TUNE] key to manually select
the frequency.
From the 6 presets, select the frequency
you want to listen to.
Starting Mode Using SEEK
Using TUNE
• FM1 / FM2: Increases/decreased by
100kHz
• AM: Increases/decreased by 9kHz
Selecting Presets
Information
• You can save up to 6 preset channels
for each FM1, FM2 and AM.
• The station name and region is displayed
by using GPS coordinates and
are not displayed when the information
cannot be received.
• The displayed station name and region
is unrelated to radio sensitivity. The station
name information may differ from
the actual broadcast.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |ȿAuto Store| to automatically
save receivable frequencies to Preset
buttons. A total of 18 frequencies with six
preset frequencies each for FM1/FM2/AM
modes can be saved..
Starting from the current frequency,
frequencies with superior reception are
scanned for 5 seconds and the previous
frequency is restored.
Scanning Radio Frequency
Press the |ȿScan |button to scan all
radio frequencies.
Saving Radio Frequency
FM/AM Mode
Saving Automatically
Saving Manually
Information
While |ȿAuto Store| is operating, pressing
the Auto Store button again will cancel
the function and play the previous
frequency.
After selecting frequency Press and
hold (over 0.8 seconds) the preset
button.
• A 'beep' will sound and the frequency is
saved to the selected preset button.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press |ȿAuto
Store|
Frequencies saved to the 6 preset buttons
are each played for 5 seconds and the
previous frequency is restored.
Press the |ȿMenu| button to use the Preset
Scan menu.
Preset Scan
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press the
|ȿText On|
The Text feature is turned on/off.
If the |ȿText On| button is displayed (Text
off state), information will not be displayed
even if there is information being transmitted
from the broadcast station.
If the |ȿText Off| button is displayed (Text
on state), then broadcast information will be
displayed. Information may not be displayed
if there is no information being transmitted
from the broadcast station.
Text On/Text Off
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Text On
̡ۘࢊ ˕ࢠ ࢉ ଗࡁ
About HD Radio
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
FM1
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
ೞMenu Tagging
101.992.9 105.1 87.196.9 91.3
HD 3
Genre
HD 12 3 45 6 7 8
PS NAME 87.1
As HD Radio reception is included within
Radio mode, the methods of moving
between channels, saving presets,
searching, or methods of searching
frequencies are identical. However, while
the HD Radio related icon display will
become active when within regions where
an HD Radio signal can be received.
Starting Mode
Press the [FM/AM] key to turn on Radio
mode.
If an HD Radio broadcast is received, the
radio mode will switch from analog
broadcast to HD Radio broadcast.
Information
• The HD Radio screen is displayed only when
a HD Radio broadcast is being received.
To ensure HD Radio stations are received, turn
the feature on at [Setup] key > [HD Radio] >
[HD Radio Setting]
Operating HD Radio Mode
Selecting a Frequency
Selecting through Preset
FM1
Song Title Song Title Song Title
Artist Artist Artist
Album Album Album
ඔMenu Tagging
101.992.9 105.1 87.196.9 91.3
HD 3
Genre
HD 12 3 45 6 7 8
PS NAME 87.1
From the 6 presets, select the HD Radio
broadcast you want to listen to.
Press the [TUNE] key to manually select
the frequency.
Using TUNE
Information
• For HD Radio broadcast channels without
sub channels, sub channels will be skipped
and only main channels will be received.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Song-Tagging
Song-tagging is a feature that song data of
the currently playing broadcast.
Upon connecting an iPod, song information
is transferred to the iPod and can be
downloaded through iTunes.
Information
• Up to 50 songs can be saved if an iPod
device is not connected.
• Song data can be transferred to an iPod only
if there is available space within the device.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
XM 2
Category
Channel
Title
Artist
Ch 15
Menu ListೞCategory
1210 35 255157 158
Category 1
Channel 1-3
Title
Artist
Channel
Logo
Name Description
1Mode Display Displays currently operating mode
2Preset The desired frequency can saved as a preset and
selected.
3Setting
Display Displays currently operating features/options
4Category Displays the current category
5Channel
Number Displays the current channel number
6Channel
Name Displays the current channel name
7Menu Displays Search, Preset Scan and Scan menus
8
Category
Selection
Buttons
Used to select the previous/next channel
9List Displays XM Radio Categories / Channel Lists
10 Search Used to search for channels by entering channel
numbers
11 Preset Scan Plays preset frequencies for 5 seconds each
Scan Plays all receivable channels for 5 seconds each
Basic Mode Screen
XM Mode
1
1
2
4
53
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
6
11
11
12
12
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
98
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the [SAT] key to change the mode in
order of XM1ȥXM22 ȥXM3.
Press the [TUNE] key to manually select
the channel.
Starting Mode
Using SEEK
Using TUNE
When the power is OFF, pressing the [SAT]
key will turn the power on and play a XM
Radio broadcast.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Press the [SEEK, TRACK ] key on the
control panel for under 0.8 seconds.
The previous or next channel will be
selected.
Information
• Within category mode, channels within the
current channel will be played.
• Within channel mode, all channels in all
categories will be played.
• If there are no operations for 5 seconds while
in category mode, then channel mode will
automatically be restored.
Press the < TUNE> key to display the
previous or next channel information. After a
brief moment, the selected channel will be
displayed.
From the 6 presets, select the channel you
want to listen to.
Selecting Presets
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Saving XM Channels
Saving Manually
After selecting channel Press and
hold (over 0.8 seconds) the preset
button.
• A 'beep' will sound and the channel is
saved to the selected preset button.
Using the Menu Buttons
Search
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿSearch| Enter numbers and press
|Done|
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
• Six preset frequencies each for XM1/ XM2/
XM3 modes can be stored using the above
instructions.
Press the |ȿMenu| button to use the Search,
Preset Scan, and Scan menus
Enter the number of the channel you want to
receive.
Selecting through
Channel/Category List
XM 2
Category
Channel
Title
Artist
Ch 15
Menu ListೞCategory
1210 35 255157 158
Category 1
Channel 1-3
Title
Artist
Channel
Logo
Select the desired category and the channel.
Once selected, the previous screen will be
restored and the selected channel will begin
playing.
Press the |List| button Select the
desired category and channel
Category չݛઝ
۴ִ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
XM Mode
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿPreset Scan|
Channels saved to the 6 preset buttons are
each played for 5 seconds and the previous
channel is restored.
Preset Scan
Starting from the current channel,
channels with superior reception are
scanned for 5 seconds and the previous
channel is restored once scanning is
complete.
Press the |ȿScan |button to scan all
channels.
Scan
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
About Discs
Precautions upon handling discs
After using a disc, put the disc back in its original case to
prevent disc scratches.
Do not use abnormally shaped discs (8cm, heart-shaped,
octagon-shaped) as such discs could lead to malfunctions.
Do not clean discs with chemical solutions, such as record
sprays, antistatic sprays, antistatic liquids, benzene, or
thinners.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or high
temperatures for prolonged
periods of time. Such exposure may lead to disc deformation.
Upon playing a disc contaminated by dirt or other
substances, the sound and video quality may deteriorate and
result in skipping sounds. Writing on either side of the disc
could result in damage to disc surfaces.
Clean fingerprints and dust off the disc surface (coated side)
with a soft cloth.
Copy-protected CDs, such as S-type CDs, may not properly
operate in the device.
Do not disassemble the device. Contact a designated
service center in case of malfunction. (Complete after
service assistance will not be provided if the user
disassembles the device.)
Do not use water to clean the device. Exposure to water
could lead to product malfunction.
Do not to introduce foreign substances into the disc
insert/eject slot. Introducing foreign substances could
damage the device interior.
The device may fail to properly operate in extremely hot or
cold temperatures. (The operating temperature range is: -
10Ȕ~ 65Ȕ)
Steam can become condensed on the fiber-optic lens due to
rain, wet conditions, or upon operating the heating system. In
such cases, discs may not be properly recognized could be
the cause of product malfunction. Remove the disc and wait
until the moisture dries.
Skipping may occur to the audio and video when driving on
bumpy roads for prolonged periods of time or upon severe
shock to the vehicle. In case of severe shock, video and
audio may not properly play.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Disc
Type Disc Format Device Support
CD
3ࢉ (8cm)
5ࢉ (12cm)
CD
CD-R
CD-RW
Multisession-
CD
O
O
O
O (Read Only)
O (Read Only)
O (Read Only)
SACD
SACD (Single,
SACD layer)
SACD
(Hybrid)
X
O (Only CD
layer)
This device supports the following disc
formats.
Disc Type
Disc
Type Disc Format Device Support
CD
3CD-DA
MP3
WMA
MPEG4 AAC
DTS-CD
CD-RM
CD-G
CD-EXTRA
CD-TEXT
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
Disc
Type Disc Format Device Support
CD LPCM O
MP3
MEPG1,
Layer3
MEPG2,
Layer3
MEPG2.5
O
O
O
WMA Ver9 O
By Format according to Disc Type
Supported disc formats Disc Format Disc/Content format compatibility
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Ordinary Disc Compatibility CD-R/RW Compatibility
About Discs
This device has been designed/
manufactured to be compatible with software
bearing the following logo marks.
• CD-R/RW discs (Audio CD) created
with CD recording devices or PCs may
not properly operate in the device.
• This is a result of various causes, including
disc format, recording method, and
contamination to the disc or lens.
• When burning a disc on the PC, the disc
may not operate in this device depending on
the software settings. In such cases, inquire
with the software manufacturer.
• Additional information regarding
compatibility is displayed on the CD-R/RW
software disc box.
• DVD-R/W discs are not compatible with
this device..
PC-created disc compatibility
• This device supports CD-R, CD-RW,
and MP3 discs burned in Audio CD formats.
• The recording of CD-R and CD-RW
discs with this device is not supported.
• CD-R/RW discs recorded as audio CDs
that were not finalized are not supported
by this device.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Cautions upon writing CDs
• When a multi-session disc is being
recorded, make sure to close the session
before recording.
• If mp3/wma file extensions are changed,
such could result in malfunctions.
• In the case of MP3/WMA, write using
only English. (Other languages are not
supported)
• Unauthorized use of copy-protected
music files is prohibited by law.
• Prolonged use of CD-R/CD-RW products
that do not satisfy related specifications
may result in product malfunction.
• When writing CDs, low-speed writing is
recommended.
Compressed audio compatibility
• Physical formats of CD: Model 1, Model
2 XA format 1.
• This device supports audio file compressed
through MPEG-1 audio stream layer 3 (MP3)
using 8kbps ~ 320kbps (CBR), VBR..
• For stable operation, the use of files in
95kbps~192kbps bit rate range and 44.1kHz
SAMPLING frequency is recommended.
• This device supports WMA audio files
using 20kbps ~ 320kbps(CBR), VBR.
• Variable bit rate files may operate, but
the play time information may not be
properly displayed.
• This device only supports tracks with
file extension of ".mp3" or “.wma".
• This device does not support multisession
discs.
• This device supports only 8 layer folders.
• This device supports MP3 ID3 tag versions
of Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2, Ver. 2.3, Ver.
2.4. When using discs with other versions,
the ID3 info will not be displayed.
• Although this device has been designated
to be compatible with various bit rates,
playing low bit rate MP3 tracks may result in
low quality sound.
• Sampling frequency: 96 ~ 192 Kbps
fixed bit rate /44.1kHz
Recommended bit rates and frequency
• Acceptable standard: MPEG1 AUDIO
LAYER 33
• Acceptable sampling frequency: 8, 11.025,
12, 16, 22.05, 24, 32, 44.1,, 48(KHz)
• Acceptable bit rate: 8 ~ 320 (Kbps)
Supported MP3 File Specification
Before playing a MP3 Disc
Notice
• Supported ID3 tags : ID3v1 0, ID3v1 1,
ID3v2 2, ID3v2 3, ID3v2 4
• Supported MP3 Media: : CD-ROM
• Supported media formats: ISO9660 LEVEL1
and LEVEL2
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Detailed Specification
• Maximum directory layers: 8 layers
• Maximum folder length: 64 bytes, file
name length: 64 bytes
• Supported characters for folder name/
file name: Alphanumeric characters,
Korean standard character set 2350
characters, Simplified Chinese 4888
characters
• Maximum number of folders per disc:
256 folders (including ROOT)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 512 files
About Discs
Precautions upon burning MP3 files
• The use of ISO 9660 LEVEL 2 JOLIET
format is recommended.
• Up to 32 characters in Korean/Chinese
are supported for file names and up to
20 characters in Korean/Chinese are
supported for folder names.
• The use of CDs exceeding 700M may
result in faulty disc recognition or errors
upon play.
Recognition occurs through the same folder structure used within the disc.
MP3 File Structure
Folder structure as saved in CD-ROM Folder structure as saved in the system
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
CD Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
Track Index Shows the current track/total tracks
Repeat/
Shuffle/ Scan
From Repeat/Shuffle/Scan, displays the currently operating
function
Play Time Displays the current play time
Track Track number of current song
Menu Displays Repeat, Shuffle, Scan, and Info On (Info Off)
menus
Repeat Repeats the current track
Shuffle Plays disc tracks in random order
Scan
Scans the beginning parts of disc tracks (approx 10
seconds
per track)
Info Off
(Info On)
Info Off: shows only track info
Info On: shows track info, artist and album info
Ȅempty when there is no corresponding information.
Previous Track
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous track
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
song from the beginning
Play/ Pause Plays/pauses the current track
Next Track Moves to the next track
List Moves to the track list screen
Artist Info Displays artist info for current song
(Will not be displayed if the information does not exist)
Album Info Displays album info for current song
(Will not be displayed if the information does not exist)
1
1
10
10
6
3 2
5
7
8
9
11 12 13
14
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
15
16
4
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Mode
Press the [MEDIA] key Press |CD|
• Press the || button to play the track.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the track.
This will rewind or fast-forward the track.
While the [SEEK TRACK] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at 20x speed.
Once released, the track will begin playing
at normal speed.
While Playing Press and hold the [SEEK
TRACK] key (over 0.8
seconds)
Notice
• Only genuine audio CDs are supported. Other
discs may result in recognition failure (e.g. copy
CD-R, CDs with labels)
Playing a CD
Fast-forwarding or Rewinding CD Tracks
Information
• CD mode will automatically start once a CD is
inserted.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |ȿMenu| buttonPress |ȿScan|
The beginning (approx 10 seconds) of
all tracks within the CD are scanned.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
Press the [TUNE] key Search tracks
Once the desired track name is displayed,
press the [ENTER] key
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button to set the repeat,
shuffle, scan and Info On/Info Off menus.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRepeat|
The current track is repeated.
When searching tracks, the track number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding track.
Searching CD Tracks
Repeat
Shuffle
Tracks within the disc are played in random
order.
Scan
Information
• Press the |ȿShuffle| button again to turn the
shuffle option off.
Information
• Press the |ȿScan| button again to turn the
scan option off.
Information
Press the |ȿRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat. If nothing is selected, then all tracks will
be played in sequential order.
Information
• If the [TUNE] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching tracks, the track info for
the current track is restored.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
CD Mode
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press the
|ȿInfo on|
The amount of information displayed on the
screen can be selected. The title, artist, and
album info are additionally displayed and the
button will automatically change to |ȿInfo
Off|. Press |ȿInfo Off| to restore the
previous information display setting.
Info On/Info Off
Information
• Artist/album info are supported within Text
CDs.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
MP3 CD Mode
Basic Mode Screen Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
File Index Shows the current MP3 file/total number of MP3 files
Repeat/ Shuffle/
Normal Play
From Repeat All/Repeat One Song/Repeat
Folder/Shuffle Folder/Shuffle All/Folder Scan/Scan All,
displays the currently operating function
Play Time Displays the current play time
Folder Time Displays Folder Name for current file
File Name Displays the name of the current file
Menu Displays Copy, Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info
Off) menus
List Moves to the list screen
Copy Copies the currently playing file into My Music
Repeat
Repeats the current file (each time the button is
pressed, changes in order of Repeat Once ȥRepeat
Folder ȥOff).
Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button is
pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle Folder ȥ
Shuffle All ȥOff)
Scan
Scans the beginning parts of MP3 files (approx. 10
seconds per file)
(Each time the button is pressed, changes option in
order of Folder Scan ȥScan All ȥOff)
Info Off
(Info On)
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info On
• Info Off: shows folder name/file name
• Info On: shows folder name, file name, title, artist, and
album info
Previous File
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the
current file from the beginning
Play/Pause Plays/pauses the current file
Next File Moves to the next file
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
List Menu Screen
Name Description
Folder Name Folder name of current list
Current Song Shows current file name highlighted
Back button Converts to basic mode screen
Previous list Moves to the previous list
Next list Moves to the next list
List page Shows current file list page/total number of pages
List Focus Creates focus upon operating Tune
Home Folder Moves to home folder
Parent Folder Moves to the parent folder
Now Playing
When moving to a different list screen, moves to the
list page where the current file is located.
Becomes disabled when the current list includes the
current file.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Mode
Press the [MEDIA] key Press |MP3|
• Press the || button to play the file.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
MP3 CD Mode
Selecting from the Mode Screen
• Press the [SEEK TRACK] keys to select
the previous or next file.
•Pressing and holding the[SEEK TRACK]
keys will rewind or fast-forwarding the
current file.
Selecting MP3 files
Playing MP3
Information
• MP3 mode automatically starts when an MP3
disc is inserted.
• If there are numerous songs and folders
within the disc, reading time could take more
than 10 seconds and the list may not be
displayed or song searches may not operate.
Once loading is complete, try again.
• Only genuine audio CDs are supported.
Other discs may result in recognition failure
(e.g. copy CD-R, CDs with labels)
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using Menus within List
Screen
Press the |ȿList| button Select the file
from the list
This will rewind or fast-forward the file.
While the [SEEK TRACK] key is
being pressed, the file will rewind or
fast-forward at 20x speed.
Once released, the file will begin playing
at normal speed.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button to set the copy,
repeat, shuffle, scan, and Info On/Off
options.
Fast-forwarding or
Rewinding MP3 Files
While playing Press and hold the [SEEK
TRACK] key (over 0.8 seconds)
Press the [TUNE] key Search files
Once the desired file name is displayed,
press the [ENTER] key
When searching files, the file number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding file.
Information
• If the [TUNE] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching files, the file info for the
current track is restored.
Copy
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press |ȿCopy|
The currently playing file is copied and
saved in My Music.
Information
• Copied and saved files can be played within
My Music mode.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Searching MP3 Files
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Shuffle Folder ȥShuffle All
ȥOff.
Using Menus within List Screen
MP3 CD Mode
Press |ȿList| button Press the |ɀ|,|Ɂ|
buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿInfo On|
The amount of information displayed on
the screen can be selected.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button will
automatically change to |ȿInfo Off|. Press
|ȿInfo Off| to restore the previous
information display setting.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press |ȿScan|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Folder Scan ȥScan All ȥ
Off.
Shuffle
Moving between Lists
Scan
Notice
• The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
Info On/Info Off
Information
• Shuffle Folder : plays files in current folder in
random order.
• Shuffle All : plays all files in DISC in random
order.
Information
• Folder Scan : scans files in current folder.
• Scan All: scans all files in the disc.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRepeat|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Repeat Once ȥOff.
Repeat
Information
• Repeat Once: repeats the current file
• Repeat Folder : repeats all files in current
folder
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
If five (5) or more files or folders exist the
same folder, in the list will be displayed
across two or more pages.
Press the |ɀ|, |Ɂ| cursor buttons to
quickly find the desired page
While searching files within other folders,
press the |Now Playing| button to return to
the currently playing file screen.
Press the |ȿ| button Select folder
from the folder list
Moving between folders
Pressing the |ȿ| button will move to the
folder one level above the current folder.
Pressing the |Home| button folder will
move to the root folder.
Information
• A lag may occur in displaying the previous/
next list page depending on the file
name or file size.
Information
• If there are no more parent folders, both
|Home|,|ȿ| buttons will be disabled.
Returning to current location
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
USB Mode
About USB
Files that are not standard format music/image files will not
be played.
For MP3/WMA files, only music files with compression rates
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps can be played.
Heed caution to static electricity when
connecting/disconnecting external USB devices.
Encoded MP3 Players will not be recognized when
connected as an external device.
When connecting an external USB device, the device may
not properly recognize the USB is in some states.
Only products formatted with byte/sectors under 64Kbyte will
be recognized.
This device recognizes USB devices formatted in FAT
12/16/32 file formats. This device does not recognize files in
NTFS file format.
Some USB devices may not be supported due to
compatibility issues.
Avoid contact between the USB connector with bodily
parts/foreign objects..
Repeated connecting/disconnecting of USB devices within
short periods of time may result in product malfunction.
Make sure to connect/disconnect external USB devices with
the audio power turned off.
The amount of time required to recognize the external USB
device may differ depending on the type, size, or file formats
stored on the USB. Such differences in required time are not
indications of malfunction.
The use of USB devices for purposes other than playing
music and image files is prohibited.
Do not use the USB I/F to charge batteries or USB
accessories that generate heat. Such acts may lead to
worsened performance or damage to the device.
The device may not recognize the USB device if separately
purchased USB hubs and extension cables are being used.
Connect the USB directly with the multimedia terminal of the
vehicle.
Connect the USB device after turning on the engine. The USB
device may become damaged if it is already connected when
the ignition is turned on.
Before playing a USB MP3
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
When using mass storage USB devices with separate logical
drives, only files saved to the root drive can be played.
When application programs are installed to specific USBs,
files may not properly play.
The device may not operate normally if MP3 Players, cellular
phones, digital cameras, or other electronic devices (USB
devices not recognized as portable disk drives) are
connected with the device.
Charging through the USB may not work for some mobile
devices.
The device may not support normal operation when using a
USB memory type besides Metal Cover Type USB Memory.
The device may not support normal operation when using
formats such as HDD Type, CF, or SD Memory.
Upon playing iPods, please use a dedicated iPod car cable.
Normal operations cannot be guaranteed when other cables
are being used.
The device will not support files locked by DRM (Digital
Rights Management.)
Product Name Manufacturer
XTICK LG
BMK BMK Technology
SKY-DRV Sky Digital
TRANSCEND JetFlash Transcend
Sandisk Cruzer SanDisk
Micro ZyRUS ZyRUS
NEXTIK Digiworks
Information
• Problems that occur through use of USB devices not listed within
the above table are not covered by the product warranty.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
USB memory sticks used by connecting an Adaptor (SD
Type or CF Type) may not be properly recognized.
Only use Plug type connector products, as shown in the
figure below.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
USB Mode
Name Description
MP3 File
Specification Specification: MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER 3
Recommended
bit rates and
sampling
frequency
Acceptable sampling frequency: 32, 44.1, 48
(KHz)
Acceptable bit rate: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96,
112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (Kbps)
96, 128, 192 Kbps fixed bit rate/ 44.1KHz
ID3 tag Supports ID3v1.0 and ID3v1.1, ID3v2.2, ID3v2.3,
ID3v2.4 ID3 tags
Detailed
Specifications
Maximum directory layers: 20 layers
Maximum length of folder name/file name:
255Bytes
Supported characters for folder name/file name:
Alphanumeric characters, Korean standard
character
set 2350 characters, Simplified Chinese 4888
characters
Maximum number of folders which can be stored
onto one USB: 2000 folders (including ROOT)
Maximum number of files which can be stored
onto
one USB: 8000
MP3 USB Information and Precautions Information
• In cases that are not fixed bit rates, the play time may not be
properly displayed.
• If a problem occurs while playing or when playing an unsupported
video format file, use an up-to-date encoding software
to change the format for use.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Basic Mode Screen Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
File Index Shows the current file/total files within the USB
Repeat /
Shuffle /Scan
From Repeat All/Repeat One Song/Repeat Folder/Shuffle
Folder/Shuffle All/Folder Scan/Scan All, displays the
currently operating function
Play Time Displays the current play time/total play time
Folder Name Displays folder Displays the name of the current file
File Name Displays the name of the current file
Menu Displays Copy, Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info
Off) menus
List Moves to the list screen
Copy Copies the currently playing file into My Music
Repeat
Repeats the current file (each time the button is pressed,
changes in order of Repeat Once ȥRepeat Folder ȥ
Off)
Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button is
pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle Folder ȥ
Shuffle All ȥOff)
Scan
Scans the beginning parts of USB files (approx. 10
seconds per file)
Each time the button is pressed, changes option in order
of Folder Scan ȥScan All ȥOff)
Info Off
(Info On)
• Info Off: shows folder name/file name
• Info On: shows folder name, file name, title, artist, and
album info
Previous File
• When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
file from the beginning
Play/ Pause Plays/pauses the current file
Next File Moves to the next file
USB Music Mode
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
Folder Name Displays folder name where image is located
File Name Name of image file
File Index Shows the current image file/total image files within
the USB
Menu
Displays Slideshow, Rotate Image, Adjust Image
Size, Save Image, and Info menus (Press the
button again to hide the buttons)
Previous Image Shows previous image
Next Image Shows next image
List Moves to the list screen
Slideshow View images as slideshow in 5, 10, 20, 30 second
intervals
Rotate Image Rotate image in clockwise direction
Adjust Image
Size Enlarge/reduce (zoom-in/zoom-out) image size
Save Image Add image as frame screen displayed when the
system power is turned off
Info Shows the file name, resolution and file type of
current image
USB Image Mode
ߖࢵࢠ 6DYH,PDJH!6DYHDV)UDPHࡳԻ ضˁ ʦੵ
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
USB Mode
• Pressing and holding the [SEEK TRACK]
keys (over 0.8 seconds) will
rewind or fast-forward the current file.
• While the [SEEK TRACK] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at high speeds. Once the
key is released, the USB Music will begin
playing at normal speed.
• Press the || button to play the USB Music.
• Press the |ll| button to pause USB Music.
Press the [MEDIA] key Press |USB Music|
Starting USB Music Mode
If the USB is not connected, then the |USB
Music| button will be disabled.
While Playing Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [SEEK TRACK] key to play the
previous/next file
Information
• Once a USB is connected, USB Music
mode will operate automatically.
• If a previously played USB is reconnected,
then the song after the most recently played
song is played. However, if a different USB is
connected or the file information within the
USB was changed, then the USB file order
information is deleted and will start playing
from the first song within the USB
Playing USB Music
Searching USB Music Files
Information
• The |<|, |>| buttons displayed on the screen
allow you to select the previous/next file.
These buttons will not rewind or fast-forward
the file.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
Each time the button is pressed, the option
is changed from Shuffle Folder ȥShuffle All
ȥOff.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press |ȿScan|
Each time the button is pressed, the option is
changed from Folder Scan ȥScan All ȥOff.
Press the |ȿMenu| button to set the Copy,
Repeat, Shuffle, Scan, Info On (Info Off)
menus.
Copy
Press the |ȿmenu| button Press
|ȿCopy|
The currently playing file is copied and
saved in My Music.
Information
• Copied and saved files can be played within
My Music mode.
Repeat
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRepeat|
Each time the button is pressed, the option is
changed from Repeat Once ȥOff.
Information
• Repeat Once: repeats the current file
• Repeat Folder : repeats all files in current
folder
Shuffle
Information
• Shuffle Folder : Plays files within the current
folder in random order.
• Shuffle All : Plays files within the USB in
random order.
Scan
Information
• Folder Scan : Searches files within the
current folder.
• Scan All: Scans files within the USB in
random order.
Info On/Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿInfo On|
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to|ȿInfo Off|
Press |ȿInfo Off| to restore the previous
information display setting.
Information
• The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
USB Mode
Starting USB Image Mode
While Playing Press the |<|,|>| buttons to
view the previous/next image
Press the [MEDIA] key Press |USB Image|
Searching USB Image Files
Information
• Press the |ȿList| button to view the list
of USB images.
Press the|ȿMenu| button to set the
Slideshow, Rotate Image, Adjust Image
Size, Save Image and Info menus.
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿSlideshow|
Slideshow Interval
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Each time the |ȿRotate| button is pressed,
the image is rotated from 0 ȥ90 ȥ180 ȥ
270 degrees.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿAdjusting Image Size| Press |Done|
Image slideshow intervals can be set at
|5sec|, |10sec|, |20sec|, |30sec| intervals
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRotate Image| Press |Done|
Press the |-|, |+| buttons to enlarge or
reduce the image size. The scale can be
changed from 1/4, 1/2, 1x, 2x, to 4x.
Rotating Image
Information
• Rotated images are not saved.
• The image will restore its original angle
when returning to it after viewing a different
image.
Adjusting Image Size
Information
• Enlarged or reduced images are not
Saved. The image will restore its original size
when returning to it after viewing a different
image.
• If the image cannot be fully displayed
on the screen, touch the image to move
the screen.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿInfo|
This menu is used to check image
information, such as the image resolution
and file type.
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press |ȿSave
Image|
Saving Image
Information
• For details on using the picture frame,
refer to the Picture Frame Settings within
Setup.
Viewing Info
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
iPod mode will not operate if the connected iPod cannot be
recognized due to operation of unsupported versions that do
not support related protocols, iPod abnormalities, or iPod
device defects. Some iPods with unsupported
communication protocols may not properly operate in the
Navigation system.
• For fifth generation iPod Nano devices, the iPod may not
be recognized when the battery level is low. Please charge
the iPod for use.
Search/play orders shown within the iPod device may differ
with the orders shown within the Navigation system.
If the iPod malfunctions due to an iPod device defect, reset
the iPod and try again. (To learn more, refer to your iPod
manual)
• For some iPod Touch and iPhone devices, connecting
Bluetooth® while the iPod is operating may result in
discontinued iPod sound. When such devices with
Bluetooth® support is connected, this problem occurs as the
sound source is changed from the Dock Connector (USB
connector cable) to Bluebird (Bluetooth® Module).
iPod Mode
To listen to the iPod sound, re-connect the USB cable or exit
then re-enter iPod mode.
In order to use the iPod while operating the keys, you must
use a dedicated iPod cable. (the cable that is supplied when
purchasing iPod/iPhone products)
During ACC ON state, connecting the iPod through the iPod
cable (the cable that is supplied when purchasing iPod/
iPhone products), will charge the iPod through the head unit.
ȉThe use of genuine iPod cables supplied by Apple is
recommended. (The use of other products may result in
noise or abnormal operation)
When connecting with the iPod cable, make sure to fully
insert the jack to prevent communication interference. If the
iPod is connected to the vehicle while it is playing, a high
pitch tone may sound for about 1~2 seconds immediately
after connection. If possible, connect the iPod to the vehicle
with the iPod stopped/paused.
Within iPhones, streaming audio and iPod control may
occasionally conflict. If problems persist, remove the iPhone
and connect again.
Using iPod Devices
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Some iPod versions may not sync with the system. then the
system may not properly restore the previously operated
mode. (For iPads, battery charging is not supported.)
Applications that are not exclusively used as iPod
Applications within iPhone/iPod Touch devices are not
supported. Device/Gener
ation 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
iPod Mini Not Supported
iPod Shuffle Not Supported
iPod NanoOOOOOO
iPod TouchOOOONot Released
iPod Classic O Not Released
iPod with
video O Not Released
Supported iPod devices
• Operation is supported and Apple Inc. certified: ɂ
• Operation is supported but uncertified:
Steps upon Initial Connection
Search Steps may differ depending on the type of iPod device.
1Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step
Play List Play List Play List name
(category is same as iPod)
Artist Artist Artist
Name
Album
Name
Song
Name
Album Album Album
Name
Song
Name
Genre Genre Genre
Name
Artist
Name
Album
Name
Song
Name
Song Song Song Name
Composer Compos
er
Compos
er
Name
Album
Name
Song
Name
Device/Type 3GS 4G 4S
iPhone Not Released O
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
iPod Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
File Index Shows the current file/total files within the iPod
Repeat /
Shuffle
From Repeat Once/Shuffle Category/Shuffle
Random,
displays the currently operating function
Play Time Displays the current play time/total play time
Title Displays name of current title
Artist Info Artist name
Album Info Album name
Menu Displays Repeat, Shuffle, and Info On (Info Off)
menus
Previous File Moves to the previous file
Play/ Pause Plays/pauses the current file
Next File Moves to the next file
List Moves to the list screen
Repeat Repeats the currently playing file.
Shuffle
Plays files in random order (each time the button
is pressed, changes option in order of Shuffle
Category ȥShuffle Album ȥOff)
Info Off
(Info on)
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info
On
• Info Off: Shows title, artist, and album Info
• Info On: Shows title, artist, album, genre, and
composer info
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
When searching an iPod, it is possible to
search by playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, composers, audiobooks, and
Podcasts.
• Press the || button to play the iPod.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the iPod.
Press the [MEDIA] keyPress |ȿiPod|
Starting Mode
If the iPod is not connected, then the
|ȿiPod| button will be disabled.
Press the |ȿList| button to display the
initial iPod list screen.
Information
• Once an iPod is connected, iPod mode
will operate automatically.
Notice
• Some iPods with unsupported communication
protocols may not properly operate in the
Navigation system.
Playing iPod
Searching iPod
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
iPod Mode
When searching files, the file number is
displayed in blue. Pressing the [ENTER] key
will play the corresponding file.
While Playing Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [SEEK TRACK] key to play the
previous/next file Pressing and holding the [SEEK TRACK]
keys (over 0.8 seconds) will rewind or fast-
forward the current song.
Information
• If the search mode is accessed while
playing a song, the most recently searched
step is displayed.
• Search steps upon initial connection may
differ depending on the type of iPod device.
Selecting iPod file
Searching iPod Files
Press the [TUNE] key Search files
Once the desired file name is displayed,
press the [ENTER] key
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
• If the [TUNE] key is not pressed within 5
seconds of searching files, the file info for the
current track is restored.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the|ȿMenu| button Press |ȿInfo
On|
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to |ȿInfo Off|
Press |ȿInfo Off| to restore the previous
display setting.
Press the|ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRepeat|
Press the|ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button to set the
Repeat, Shuffle, and Info On (Info Off)
menus.
Repeat
Shuffle
Info On/Info Off
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• The currently playing file is repeated.
• Press the |ȿRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat.
Information
• Each time the |ȿShuffle| button is pressed,
the option is changed from Shuffle Category ȥ
Shuffle Album ȥOff.
• Shuffle Category : Plays files within the
current category in random order.
• Shuffle Album : Plays files within the
current category in random order.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
AUX Mode
Press the [MEDIA] key Press |ȿAUX|
Starting Mode Connecting an External Device
External AUDIO players can be played
through a dedicated cable. The position of
the AUX jack is at the top of the gear box
located between the driver and passenger
seats.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
• If an external device connector is connected
with the AUX terminal, then AUX mode will
automatically operate. Once the connector is
disconnected, the previous mode will be
restored.
• AUX mode can be used only when an
external audio player (camcorder, car VCR,
etc.) has been connected.
• The AUX volume can be controlled
separately from other AV modes.
Notice
• Connecting a connector jack to the AUX
terminal without an external device will convert
the system to AUX mode, but only output noise.
When an external device is not being used,
also remove the connector jack.
• When the external device power is connected
to the power jack, playing the external device
may output noise. In such cases, disconnect
the power connection before use.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Bluetooth® Audio Mode
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
1Mode Displays currently playing mode
2Phone Name Displays name of connected phone
3Title Name of current song
4Artist Info Name of current artist
5Play Plays Bluetooth® Audio
6Pause Pauses Bluetooth® audio
Connections Displays the Connections screen.
Information
• The title/artist info may not be supported in some mobile phones.
When not supported, a symbol will be displayed.
• The play/pause feature may operate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
1
65 7
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Bluetooth® Audio Mode
Using Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® Audio Mode can be used
only when a Bluetooth® phone has been
connected.
While Bluetooth® Audio is playing, if the
Bluetooth® phone is connected, then the
music will also stop.
Bluetooth® streaming audio may not be
supported in some
mobile phones.
Starting Mode
Press the [MEDIA] Key Press
|ȿBluetooth Audio|
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
• Press the || button to play files saved
within the Bluetooth® phone.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
If the Bluetooth® device is not connected, then
the |ȿBluetooth Audio| button will be disabled.
Information
• If the Bluetooth® audio does not play,
|ȿSetup| |ȿBluetooth| |ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| If the option is set to |Off|
change to |On| and try again.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Selecting Bluetooth® Audio
While Playing Press the [SEEK TRACK]
key Select the previous/next file
Setting Connection
Press the |Connections| button to add a new
Bluetooth® phone, connect/disconnect, delete,
delete all, or view the Help section.
Name Description
Help Displays Bluetooth® Help
screen
Add New Pair a new Bluetooth® device
Connect/
Disconnect
Connect or disconnect a
Bluetooth® device
Delete Delete a paired Bluetooth®
device
Delete All Delete all paired Bluetooth®
devices
Auto
Connection
Set Bluetooth® phone Auto
Connection upon starting car
ignition
Information
• If music is not yet playing from your mobile
device after converting to streaming audio
(Bluetooth® Audio) mode, pressing the ||
button once may begin mode play. Check to
see whether music is playing from the
Bluetooth® device after converting to
streaming audio mode. The Streaming audio
feature may not be supported in some mobile
phones.
For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
• The title/artist info may not be supported in
some mobile phones. When not supported,
a symbol will be displayed.
• The play/pause feature may operate
differently depending on the mobile phone.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
Mode Displays currently operating mode
File Index Shows the current file/total files within the iPod
Repeat/Shuffle
/ Scan
From Repeat Once/Shuffle Category/Shuffle Random,
displays the currently operating function
Play Time Displays the current play time/total play time
File Displays the name of the current file
Menu Displays Repeat, Shuffle, Scan and Info On (Info Off)
menus
Repeat Repeats the current file
Shuffle Plays files in random order
Scan Scans the beginning parts of files (approx. 10 seconds per
file)
Info Off
(Info on)
Changes the display method between Info Off/Info On
• Info Off: shows file name
• Info On: shows file name, title, artist, and album info
Previous File
When the play time is under 2 seconds: Moves to the
previous file
• When the play time is over 2 seconds: Plays the current
file from the beginning
Play/Pause Plays/pauses the current file
Next File Moves to the next file
List Moves to the list screen
Title Info Displays the song title (Not displayed when information is
not available)
Artist Info Displays the artist information(Not displayed when
information is not available)
Album Info splays the album information(Not displayed when
information is not available)
My Music Mode
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Mode
Press the [MEDIA] Key Press |My Music|
Selecting My Music
• Pressing and holding the [SEEK
TRACK] keys (over 0.8 seconds) will
rewind or fast-forward the current file.
• While the [SEEK TRACK] key is
being pressed, the track will rewind or
fast-forward at high speeds. Once the
key is released, the USB Music will begin
playing at normal speed.
Playing My Music
• Press the || button to play the file.
• Press the |ll| button to pause the file.
While Playing Press the |<|,|>| buttons or
the [SEEK TRACK] key to play the
previous/next file
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
• The |<|, |>| buttons displayed on the screen
allow you to select the previous/next file.
• These buttons will not rewind or fast-forward
the file.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Menu Buttons
Press the |ȿMenu| button to set the Repeat,
Shuffle, Scan, Info On (Info Off) menus.
Shuffle
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
When turned on, files are played in random
order.
My Music Mode
Repeat
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿRepeat|
The currently playing file is repeated.
Scan
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿShuffle|
The beginning (approx 10 seconds) of
all files are scanned.
Info On/ Info Off
Press the |ȿMenu| button Press
|ȿInfo On|
The screen display can be set differently
depending on user selection.
The title, artist, and album info are
additionally displayed and the button is
changed to|ȿInfo Off|
Press |ȿInfo Off| to restore the previous
information display setting.
.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Press the |ȿRepeat| button again to turn off
repeat. If nothing is selected, then all files will
be played in sequential order.
Information
Press the |ȿShuffle| button again to turn the
shuffle option off.
Information
• Press the |ȿScan| button again to turn the
scan option off.
Information
The title, artist and album info are displayed
only when such information is recorded within
the MP3 file ID3 tag.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using Menus within List Screen
Press the |ȿList| button Press | ɀ|, |Ɂ|
buttons
Deleting FilesReturning to current location
While searching files within other folders,
press the |Now Playing| button to return to
the currently playing file screen.
Press the |ȿList| button Select the files to
delete Press |ȿDelete Items|
Moving between Lists
If six (6) or more files or folders exist the
same folder, in the list will be displayed
across two or more pages.
Press the |ɀ|, |Ɂ| cursor buttons to quickly
find the desired page.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• The audio system will not operate while files
are being deleted.
• If the currently playing file is deleted, the next
file will begin playing.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Memo
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:53 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
3Navigation
• Before Use
• Starting Navigation
• Using the Navigation
• Map Landmarks and Logos
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Precautions for safe driving
Some features cannot be operated while driving for your
safety. Features that cannot be operated will be disabled.
The route displayed for destination guidance is a reference
that will take you to the vicinity of your destination.
This does not always refer to the shortest distance route,
route with the least traffic or the fastest route.
Road, name, and POI information may not always been
completely updated. Some places may not include up to
date information.
The car position mark does not always indicate your
exact location. This system uses GPS information, various
sensors, and road map data to display the current
position. However, errors in displaying your location may
occur if the satellite is transmitting inaccurate signals or
two or less satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
Before Use
The position of the vehicle within the navigation may differ
from your actual location depending on various reasons,
including the satellite transmission state, vehicle state
(driving location and conditions), etc. Additionally, the car
position mark may differ from the actual position if the map
data is different from the actual road landscape, such as
changes due to the construction of new roads. If such
differences occur, driving for a short period of time will
automatically correct the position of the vehicle through map
matching or GPS information (several minutes may be
necessary in certain cases).
Please observe and comply with local traffic rules and regulations.
0
.
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Operating the Navigation
The navigation can be operated via touch. Touch the
corresponding button on the screen to operate.
If the button does not respond, take your finger off the
screen and try again.
When a button function is operating, the color of the selected
button will be displayed differently.
To return to the previous screen, press the |ȿࢇࢷ| button
Press the |ȿࢇࢷ| button to cancel functions that can
operate on the current screen.
(Some functions may not be canceled.)
Information
• Buttons that cannot be operated will be disabled.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Before Use
About the Map
Some roads, site names and facility
information may have changed after map
data update and may differ with actual
road conditions.
• If |100m| is displayed on the left side of the
map, this represents a map scale of 1/10,000.
• For more information on Changing
Map Scale, refer to the ‘Changing Map
Scale’ section.
About Map Scale
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Actual Distance
Level mi/ft km / m
1 150ft 50m
2 300ft 100 m
3 700 ft 200 m
40.25 mi400 m
50.5 mi800 m
61 mi 1.6 km
72 mi 3.2 km
84 mi 6.4 km
98 mi 12 km
10 16 mi 25 km
11 32 mi 50km
12 64 mi 100 km
13 130 mi 200 km
14 250 mi 400 km
• Map updates can be downloaded from the
designated website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com)
and updated through the SD card.
• For more information, refer to the ‘System
Update’ section in Setup.
Unlicensed map copying in any form, in
full or in part, is strictly prohibited.
Icons displayed on the map may differ
from actual conditions. Multiple icons
may also be displayed as one mark.
About Map Icons
About Map Database
About Map Updates
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
During destination guidance, voice
guidance will be provided when reaching
an intersection or you are nearby the
destination.
ࡸ۽߇ΰ߾ оଞ یତࡵ ࡸ۽ࢉݥࡶ ॳ࣏ ଜ
ݤ̛ ԇТЬ.
About Voice Recognition
Voice Guidance
Voice guidance is provided in the following instances.
Example of voice guidance during
destination guidance
In front of an intersection:
Upon entering a toll road
ȄPlease use voice guidance only as a
reference to assist in your driving.
Example of voice guidance when
arriving at the destination
In front of the destination :
Information
• The above voice guidance examples are
normal cases. However, the actual voice
guidance may differ depending on the road
type.
• If the car position is not accurately measured,
then voice guidance may not be given, or may
be given later or improperly.
• It is possible to adjust the Navigation
guidance volume.
Guidance when using other modes
• Voice guidance will continue even
when converting from the navigation
screen to a different mode screen.
Information
Even when voice guidance has been muted,
destination guidance will continued to be
provided.
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States which determines the
current location of the user (Longitude/
Latitude, Coordinates, etc.) by generally
using 4 or more satellites. This system is
used with related GPS information, various
sensors, road map data, and other related
information for the purposes of navigation.
For more information on GPS, refer to Part 5
‘GPS Information’.
About GPS
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
In about a half mile, turn right.
After a moment, turn right
You must turn right in a moment.
You are reaching an
expressway. There is a toll gate
ahead.
You are near you
destination. Voice
guidance will end.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Navigation
Map Screen
Name Description
Car Direction
Used to set split map and shows map display mode
and
GPS status
Map Scale Shows current map scale
Function/ Info Window Shows map function buttons or current position info
Current Position
Info Window
Shows current road name and destination name in 5
second intervals
Route Guidance
Mode Conversion
Switches route guidance mode between preliminary
guidance mode, motorway mode and TBT mode
Quick Menu Allows users to easily and quickly access desired
menus
Current Time Shows the time
ETA/Remaining Time
Shows the ETA (Estimated time of arrival),
remaining time and distance from current position to
the destination
Preliminary Guidance Provides distance, direction guidance at turn points
and directions within the set route
Destination Direction Shows the direction to the destination from the
current position through the dotted line
Lane Info
Shows recommended lanes for use by considering
upcoming
intersections and expected routes
Car Position Mark Displays current car position
6
7
8
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
11
12
10
11
12
10
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |Agree| button to display the
most recently used mode.
If Audio mode is used with the navigation
turned on, navigation guidance will be
provided in the background. If you turn
the ignition on, then the most recently
played mode will restart.
Press the [MAP] key or the || button displayed
at the upper right side in some map conditions to
display the map of the current position and the
neighboring area.
Initial Screen Current Position
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• Once the vehicle ignition is turned on, the
User Warning screen will always be displayed.
Make sure to carefully read the warning page
as it contains important information related to
system operations while driving.
Information
• When riding in a new car or after replacing
the battery terminal, the car position mark may
at first appear at a different location.
• Even if the car position mark on the map is
different, map matching and GPS coordinates
are utilized to automatically update the current
position. It may take up to several minutes to
find your current position.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Navigation
Press the [MAP] key Press the |̰Ο؆|
Press the |0.25mi| button to display the map
scale menu and change the map to the
desired scale.
This button is used to set map screen related options,
such as Split screen, Heading-Up/North Up, and
Left/Right screen display.
Name Description
Split Screen /
Single Screen
Select between Split
Screen or Single Screen
Map.
Heading-Up/
North-Up
Display Map in Vehicle
Traveling Direction
(Heading-Up) or North-
Up direction
Press the [MAP] key Press the |0.25mi|
Set the desired map scale
Name Description
Adjust Map
Scale
Use the|+| / |-| buttons
to display the scale bar
Administrati
ve District
Scale
Shows map scales in
categories of detail
(300ft), Near (0.25mi),
Street (1mi), City (4mi),
State (16mi)
Auto Scale
When |ȿAuto| is enabled,
automatically adjust map
scale according to driving
situation
Map Display Settings
Changing Map Scale
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
• The Heading-Up/North-Up, 2D/3D, and map
scale adjustments can be used when using
Split Screen map.
Information
The |+| will be disabled when set to max scale
(1/250mi) and the |–| button will be disabled
when set to min scale (1/150ft).
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |>| button Press the |Menu|
button
Press the |>| button and then the |̰ࡸԛ|
button. The volume menu is displayed and
allows you to adjust the navigation voice
guidance volume.
The volume can be adjusted from 0~45
through the |+|/|-| button. Press the |Mute|
button to turn off the sound.
Features frequently used within the map
screen, such as |Set as Destination|,
|Add Waypoint|, |View Destination|,
|Cancel Route|, |Call| are displayed.
Press the |>| button Press the |̰ࡸԛ|
Adjust volume
Name Description
POI Icon
Shows/hides
corresponding
POIs
Unmark All Unmarks selected POI
Icons
Edit POI
Icon
Edit the 6 POI icons
shown within the menu
Search by
local POI Searches selected POI
Press the |>| button Press the |POI|
When POI menus are displayed, pressing
one of the 6 POI icon buttons will display
the corresponding POI icons.
Adjusting Navigation Volume POI DisplayMap Menu
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• If the screen is scrolled, then the top menu is
changed to the |Set As Destination| button.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Starting Navigation
Press the |Edit POI Icon| button Press
the |POI| Press |Done|
Press the |Edit POI Icon| button to select
the desired facility from the various facility
types. Up to six favorite facilities can
be set.
Press the |Default| button to reset the
displayed POI icons.
Initially, Gas Station, Parking, Fast Food,
Hospital, Auto Service, and Bank are set as
default.
Press the Search by local |POI button|
Press the search criteria (Near current
position, Near scroll mark, Near destination)
The POI mark is displayed according to
the selected criteria.
Editing POI Icons Searching POIs
1
2
3
1
2
3
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Name Description
Near
Current
Position
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
current vehicle position
Near Scroll
Mark
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
current scrolled position
Near
Destination
Within the ‘Search by
POI’ menu, searches
facilities based on the
location of the
destination
Press the |ȿएࢺҟԼ| button Press the
desired group
This feature is used to save the current
position or the scrolled position as a My
Place or Speed Alert.
Adding a My Place
1
2
3
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• When searching POIs, you can only search
POIs within selected categories.
• The |Near scroll mark| menu is enabled only
when the map has been scrolled.
Information
• My Places are saved without distinction for
the driving or scrolled state.
• The Speed Alert button is displayed when
a point is saved with the speed limit of the
road while driving on the road.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
Destination Search
Name Description
POI
(Point of
Interest)
Used to search for neighboring POIs near current
position/near scroll position/near destination/near
city center
Previous
Destination Used for route guidance to recently set destinations
Previous
Searches
Used for route guidance to recently searched
Locations
Previous
Start Point Used for route guidance to recent start positions
Address Used to search destinations by selecting specific
states/cities/roads
My Place Display list of saved My Places
Intersection
Search
Used to search destinations by selecting
streets/intersections
Map Moves to the map screen
Emergency Used to make emergency related searches
Coordinates Used to search destinations by entering the
Coordinates
Phone
Number
Used to search destinations by entering POI phone
numbers
Exit/Entrance Used to search destinations by searching for
expressway exits/entrances
Press the [DEST] key to display the Destination Search menu
screen.
The Destination Search screen includes various search
menus as well as shortcuts to Favorites that provide
maximum convenience in searching for destinations.
1
1
5
9
2
6
3
7
4
8
10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
11 12
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Press the |೦| button on the left side of the
map screen to display the Quick Menu.
Name Description
Quick Menu
(೦)
Display/hide Quick
Menus
Quick Menu Bar
Menus added to the
Quick Menu (possible to
set up to 6 menus)
Edit Add/Delete Quick
Menus
Current Quick
Menus
Shows list of current
Quick Menus
Add/Remove Add or remove Quick
Menus
Quick Menu
Categories
List of categories that
can be added to Quick
Menus
Quick Menu
1
3
2
4 5 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
Point of Interest (POI) Search
1
2
3
4
Press the [DEST] key Press |POI|
POI Search is a feature that allows you to
search for POIs that are near your current
position, near a scroll mark, near the
destination, or near the city center.
Categories are sub-categorized and the
selected area and category are displayed at
the top of the screen for user convenience.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Name Description
Near
Current
Position
Searches POIs based on the
current vehicle position
Near Scroll
Mark
Searches POIs based on the
current map scroll position
Near
Destination
Searches POIs nearby the
set destination (feature is
disabled when a destination
has not been set)
Near City
Center
Searches POIs nearby a
selected area
CATEGORY / ZAGAT Restaurant Guide
۶ࢽࢂ ̛
М ࠉѰ ۶ָ ɼ ଗࡁ
Press the [DEST] Key Press |Previous
Destination|
Name Description
By Date
Sorts POIs and
locations by added
date
By Name Sorts POIs and
locations by name
Delete Items
From various entries,
items can be selected
and deleted all at once.
Press the [DEST] Key Press |Previous
Searches|
Previous Destination, Previous
Searches, Previous Start Point
1
2
3
1
2
3
Press the [DEST] Key Press |Previous
Start Point|
These search features allow you to search
previous routes, previous searches and start
points.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
• If the POI or region name is too long and
cannot be displayed within one screen,
pressing the |>| button will move the name to
the left to display the full name.
Information
• The searched location may not be the exact
location of a specific destination, but display a
representative position of a POI address.
1
2
3
4
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
This search feature is used to search
destinations by addresses through state
city/street.
Address
Press the [DEST] key Press |Address|
Name Description
By
Name
Sort POIs and locations by
name
By
Symbol
Sort POIs and locations by
symbol
By Date Sort POIs and locations by
date
This search feature is used to search
destinations by selecting previously saved
My Places to set as destinations. My Places
can be placed in groups, and group names
can be edited within Setup.
My Places
1
2
3
1
2
3
This search feature is used to search
destinations by streets and intersections
through state/city/state.
Intersection Search
ʠչ۴
/
Ѧݤ۴
/
࣯۴
۶ࢽࢂ ̛М ࠉѰ ۶ָ ɼ ଗࡁ
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
• If the POI or region name is too long and
cannot be displayed within one screen,
pressing the |>| button will move the name to
the left.
• It is possible to save up to 100 My
Places per Group.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Emergency
The map screen can be scrolled to display
other positions where you can set
destinations.
Name Description
Set as
Destination
Sets the POI or region
where the cursor is
positioned as the new
destination
Add Waypoint
Sets the POI or region
where the cursor is
positioned as a
waypoint
View
Destination
Displays information for
the set destination
Cancel
Route
Cancels the currently
set route
Call Calls the selected POI
facility
Details Displays details for the
selected POI facility
Map
1
2
3
4
5 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
Coordinates
This feature is used to search for police
stations, hospitals, and dealerships in
emergency situations.
Name Description
Police Station
Displays list of Police
Stations closest from
the current position
Hospital
Displays list of
Hospitals closest from
the current position
Dealership
Displays list of Hyundai
Motor Dealerships
closest from the current
position
1
2
3
This feature is used to search destinations
by entering coordinates. Two coordinate
entry formats are supported. Select the
desired format upon starting search.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
This search feature is used to search the
locations of POIs by entering the phone
number of the desired POI destination.
• Area codes must be entered to complete
the search.
Phone Number Search
Information
The phone number and location may differ for
some POIs. In addition, the following types of
facilities may be more frequently located in
other locations.
• Locations of department stores, museums,
and amusement parks may somewhat differ
from the set destination. Check the exact
address when trying to reach such destinations.
• Within general information newspapers, there
are cases when phone numbers of concert
halls actually list the numbers of management
companies. In such cases, destination
searches will be made to the management
companies.
• The telephone number and addresses may
change at any time.
[Press the [DEST Key] Search for the
Destination Press |Set as Destination|
• Conducting a destination search through
the desired search method, select the
desired destination from the list. (For more
information on destination search methods,
refer to the ‘Destination Search’ section.)
• After verifying the location of the searched
destination, press the |Set as Destination|
button to calculate the route. The Route
Overview or Alternative Route screen will be
the displayed.
Setting a Destination
(Alternative Route)
(Route Overview)
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
The destination can be set to the current
map display.
• While in the map screen, touching a
position on the map will move the map to the
center of the selected position and display
the scroll mark.
• Press the |Menu| button to set the selected
position as a waypoint or destination.
One Touch Scroll Setting
Information
• If you press the Set as Destination button
while a previous destination has already been
set, the pop-up ‘Do you want to change the
destination?’ will be displayed.
• If you press Yes, then the previous
destination is deleted and the new destination
will be set. Pressing the Add Waypoint button
will add a waypoint destination.
• Press the |Add Waypoint| button to
add a waypoint destination.
• Within the Route Overview or Alternative
Route screen, press the MAP key or the
Start Guidance button to start route guidance.
• Once you have set a destination, calculate
the route. The route overview and route
option menus will be displayed
• After checking the Route Overview, press
the [MAP] key or the |Start Guidance| button
or just drive for over 5km/h or approximately
5 seconds to begin guidance.
Demo
After a route has been calculated, press the
|Demo| button to begin simulated driving of
the calculated route.
Route Calculation
Information
• To learn more about ‘Alternative Route’,
‘Route Overview’ or ‘Detailed Route Settings’,
refer to the ‘Route Menu’ section.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
• Within the Route Overview screen, press
the |Demo| button.
• During Demo, press the [MAP] key to end
the demo and display the current map
position. If you start driving while viewing the
route demo, demo will end and route
guidance will start
Information
• Demo will not operate after starting route
guidance. To use the Demo feature, use after
route calculation but prior to starting route
guidance.
•ɼ࣯ۘଭ ࣸ ֕֩ЍЕ “ˈܖ/ࢊ؆/Ѱ”ࢂତ
ּࡶ ݤଜֲ, ɼ࣯ۘଭࢂ ܖѦ ࣏ࢽࢇ ɼМ
ଢТЬ.
After searching for waypoints, press the
|Add Waypoint| button to add the waypoint to
the current route.
Once a route has been set, the
|Recalculate| button is displayed at the
top of the menus.
Pressing the |Recalculate| button will
display a pop-up that allows you to
change route options. Once the settings
are changed, the route is recalculated by
reflecting the changes.
Add Waypoint Route Recalculation
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
Information
For more information on Fastest, Shortest, and
other route calculation options, refer to the
route calculation section.
Cancel Route
Information
You can cancel the route by pressing the
|Cancel Route| button that is displayed after
pressing the |Menu| button.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
In the Map menu screen, press the |Cancel
Route| button.
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Route Guidance
Preliminary guidance, motorway mode, turn
list guidance and other guidance screens are
displayed according to the current road
condition.
Within the guidance map screen, if the
current position is on route, then intersection
guidance will be provided once you are
nearby an intersection.
Also, the intersection zoom screen is
displayed when nearby an intersection.
Information
• Within all guidance mode screens, pressing
the button at the bottom right side of the
screen will change the route guidance mode..
• Each time the button is pressed, the guidance
mode will change in order of preliminary
guidance ȥturn list ȥmotorway guidance
mode. (The icon within the button indicates the
mode that will be displayed upon next press.)
• Motorway and intersection zoom guidance
are displayed on during guidance at
corresponding roads.
Preliminary Guidance Mode
At the top right side of the screen, the next/
after next turn info, remaining distance,
direction and other information are displayed.
Intersection Zoom Mode
This mode provides detailed guidance
nearby intersections before the next turn.
This mode is displayed starting from 300m
before the intersection.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
Motorway Mode
Upon entering a motorway during route
guidance, the motorway mode will
automatically be displayed. This mode is
displayed when driving on a motorway and
mainly displays motorway related POIs.
You can check information for various
POIs by using the |View All|, |Summary|
and |Rest Area| buttons.
Name Description
View All Guidance for all POIs
on the Motorway
Summary
Shows List of turn
points and other
directional route
guidance while driving
within motor ways
Rest Area
Guidance for only the
rest areas on the
motorway
• When scrolling through POIs by using the
|ɀ|, |Ɂ| buttons, pressing the button will
select the POI closest to the current position.
Information
• When there are more than four POI marks
that can be listed, some POIs may be omitted
and not displayed.
Turn List Mode
Turn list mode shows turn information on
the current route.
1 2 3 1
2
3
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Route Menu
Name Description
Cancel
Route Cancels the currently set route
Route
Overview Shows the route overview to the set destination
Route Info Shows detailed info for the current route
Route
Option
Route calculation features with various route
calculation options and settings
Detour Used to select and edit detour road/streets
Avoid
Streets Used to edit the route by selecting avoid streets
Edit Route Used to add /delete/change the order of
destinations/waypoints
Avoid Area Used to edit route by adding Avoid Areas/Editing
Avoid Areas and Deleting Avoid Areas
Pres the |ROUTE| key to use, edit, or optimize various route
options.
8
8
5
2
7
4
1
6
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
Cancel Route
Name Description
Start
Guidance
Starts guidance to the set
Route/Displays the current
vehicle position
Edit Route
Used to add/ delete/
change order of
destinations/ waypoints
Route Info Shows route info to the set
destination
Alternative
Route
Displays various alternative
route options for route
calculation
Demo Starts demo to the set
destination
Within the Route Overview screen, press
the Alternative Route button to display
other potential routes to the set destination.
From the alternative route options,
select the desired route.
Information
• Even if the “Use Alternative Route Search”
option is turned on, the Route Overview screen
(not the Alternative Route screen) when
calculating routes that include waypoints.
Route Info
The turn points and distance information
by key roads within the set route are is
played. Press the [MAP] button next to
each road name to display the map position
for the corresponding location.
Press the [ROUTE] key and then press
the |ȿCancel Route| button to cancel
the currently set route.
Route Overview
Press the [ROUTE] key Press |ȿRoute
Overview|
Name Description
Recommended
Fastest route that
reflects distance and
traffic conditions
Shortest
The shortest distance
from start point to
destination
Press the [ROUTE] Key Press |Route
Info|
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
1
2
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Route Option
Route Options refer to conditions used to
calculate the route to the destination. The
route is automatically recalculated if the
route options and detailed route settings
are changed.
Detour
The Detour menu is used to re-define the
route by setting a detour to a certain distance
from the current position.
Press the [ROUTE] Key Press |̰Route
Option| Set and press |Done|
Name Description
Recommended
Optimal route as
determined by the system
upon consideration of
various route conditions
Shortest
The shortest distance
from start point to the
destination
Minimise
Motorway
Route calculation with
minimal use of motorways
Minimise
Toll Roads
Route calculation with
minimal use of toll roads
Use Ferries Route calculation by
including use of ferries
Use HOV
Lanes
Route calculation by
including use of HOV
lanes
Use Easy Pass
Route calculation by
including use of Easy
Pass
Press the [ROUTE] Key Press |̰Detour|
1
34
2
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
7
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Using the Navigation
This feature is used to select specific streets
to avoid within the current route.
Avoid Streets Edit Route Avoid Area
Press the [ROUTE] Key Press |ȿAvoid
Streets| Select the streets you want to
avoid and press |Done|
Press the [ROUTE] Key Press |ȿEdit
Route| Set and press |Done|
Press the ROUTE Key Press
|ȿAvoid Area| ۴ ۶ࢽ ୯ |Done|
The Edit Route menu displays the start point,
waypoints and the destination in list format
and is used to edit corresponding positions
or the order of destinations within the route.
This feature is used by creating a rectangle
over the area to avoid.
An area set as an avoid area is excluded
from the calculated route. If a route had
been calculated prior to creating an avoid
area, the route will automatically be
recalculated.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Map Landmarks and Logos
2D Landmarks
These are landmark and logo icons that display facilities within 2D map mode. The size of the symbol may be displayed
differently according to the map scale. Symbols may change without prior notice during map updates. Symbols shown
within the manual represent a portion of all symbols and should only be used as a reference.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Navi s/w жк ʦੵیତࡳԻ ܹࢽ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Map Landmarks and Logos
3D Landmarks
These are landmark and logo icons that display facilities within 3D map mode. The size of the symbol may be displayed
differently according to the map scale. Symbols may change without prior notice during map updates. Symbols shown
within the manual represent a portion of all symbols and should only be used as a reference.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Navi s/w жк ʦੵیତࡳԻ ܹࢽ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 08:55 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
4Bluetooth®
Handsfree
• Before Use
• Basic Mode Screen
• Using Bluetooth
Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance wireless networking
technology which uses a 2.45GHz frequency to connect
various devices within a certain distance.
Supported within PCs, external devices, Bluetooth®
phones, PDAs, various electronic devices, and automotive
environments, Bluetooth® allows data to be transmitted at
high speeds without having to use a connector cable.
Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a device which allows the
user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth®
mobile phones through the Navigation system.
The Bluetooth handsfree feature may not be supported in
some mobile phones.
For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Before Use
Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers
to practice safe driving. Connecting the head unit with a
Bluetooth® phone allows the user to conveniently make
calls, receive calls, and manage the phone book. Before
using the Bluetooth®, carefully read the contents of this
user’s manual.
Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to
negligent driving practices and be the cause of accidents.
Do not operate the device excessively while driving.
Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is
dangerous and may lead to accidents. When driving, view
the screen only for short periods of time.
Before using the Bluetooth® Handsfree
What is Bluetooth®?
Precautions for safe driving
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone,
check to see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth®
features.
Even if the phone supports Bluetooth®, the phone will not be
found during device searches if the phone has been set to
hidden state or the Bluetooth® power is turned off. Disable
the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth® power prior to
searching/connecting with the Head unit.
If Auto Connection is used, the Bluetooth® phone is
automatically connected when the ignition is turned on,
making it unnecessary to have to connect the phone with the
head unit every time.
If you do not want automatic connection with your
Bluetooth® device, turn the Bluetooth® power off.
To set Auto Connection, go to [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAuto Connection Setting|
The car name can be set at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAdvanced Settings| |ȿDevice Information|.
The passkey needed to connect the mobile phone can
be verified/changed at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAdvanced Settings| |ȿChange Passkey|.
If the Bluetooth® audio does not play, go to [Setup]
|ȿBluetooth| |ȿStreaming Audio Setting|. If the feature
is set to |Off|, turn |On| and try again.
Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the
mobile phone.
Bluetooth® connection may become intermittently
disconnected in some mobile phones. Follow these steps to
try again.
1. Turn the Bluetooth® function within the mobile phone
off/on and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power Off/On and try again.
3. Completely remove the mobile phone battery, reboot,
and then again.
4. Reboot the Audio Video Navigation System and try again.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair and try again.
The handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending
on the mobile phone.
Pairing Bluetooth devices and use of other Bluetooth
features are not supported when the vehicle is in motion.
For safety, please first park your vehicle.
Cautions upon connecting Bluetooth® phone
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
1
2
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or press the [PHONE] Press
|Yes|
Basic Mode Screen
Information
• Press the |Help| button within the pop-up to
view the help section with information related
to pairing and connecting Bluetooth® devices,
and using Handsfree related features.
• The same Help section can be viewed by
going to |ȿInfo| |ȿHelp| |ȿBluetooth|.
When no phones have been
paired
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Pairing from the Bluetooth® Device
Press the |Add New Device| button
Select car name Enter passkey
From the Bluetooth® device, search for
the car name and pair the device.
When searching from the Bluetooth® device,
the car name is Santa Fe and the default
passkey is ‘0000’.
Information
• To learn more about searching from
Bluetooth® devices and pairing, refer to the
user's manual for your Bluetooth® device.
• Bluetooth® devices cannot be paired when
the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to pair a Bluetooth® device.
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or the [PHONE] key Press |Yes|
Select the device from the device list
Press |Connect|
Basic Mode Screen
Press the |Add New| button to pair a new
Bluetooth® device.
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
When pairing additional device
When a phone is already paired
Information
• When a Bluetooth® device is connected,
a new device cannot be paired.
If you want to pair a new phone, first
disconnect the connected Bluetooth®
device.
• Select the device you want to connect
and press the |Connect| button.
• If the phone you want to connect does
not exist, press the |Add New| button to
pair a new Bluetooth® device.
Name Description
Help
Help section related to
pairing and
connecting/disconnecting
Bluetooth® devices and
Handsfree phone features
Add New Pair a new Bluetooth®
device
Connect /
Disconnect
Connect or disconnect a
Bluetooth® device
Delete Delete a paired Bluetooth®
Device
Delete All Delete all paired Bluetooth®
Devices
Auto
Connection
Set Bluetooth® auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
When there is a connected device
Name Description
Info Display
Window Displays name of currently connected device
Send
If no number has been entered, switches to call
history screen
If a number has been entered, calls the number
End
If a number has been entered, deletes the
number
During a call, ends the current call
Dial Pad
Used to enter the phone number
Press the hold |0| to enter a ‘+’
Press the hold |1| ~ |9| to connect to the
speed dial saved within the mobile phone
Favorites Displays the Favorites list screen
Delete Deletes entered numbers one digit at a time
Contacts Displays contacts list screen
Connections Displays the Bluetooth® device Connections
screen
Remaining
Battery
Displays the remaining battery for the connected
Bluetooth® device
Call Signal
Strength Displays the call signal strength
Press the |೨| key on the steering remote controller or the
[PHONE] key on the head unit to display the following screen
Enter the phone number you wish to call and press the |ȿSend|
button
Information
• The mobile phone battery and signal strength icons may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
• The remaining battery level displayed on your mobile phone battery
icon may slightly differ with the device display.
• The speed dial feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
1
23 5 6
8
7
910
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
During a call Name Description
Info
Display
Window
Displays other party’s name/number. If there is a
call waiting, displays call waiting information
Switch If there is a call waiting, switches the current call
and connects the waiting call
End Ends call
Dial Pad Used to enter phone number
Contacts Displays the Contacts screen
Private
During a handsfree call, this function is used to
switch the call to the mobile phone
Upon switching the call to Private, the vehicle mic
and speaker will turn off to allow a private
conversation through the mobile phone
Outgoing
Vol.
Adjusts outgoing volume during calls
Sets call volume as heard by the other party
(Levels 0~5) The outgoing volume may be heard
differently depending on the connected
Bluetooth® device
The name of the other party is displayed if the number is saved
within your contacts. If not, only the phone number is displayed.
During a call, the other party's name/number and the call time
are displayed.
Information
• The telephone number may not be displayed in some mobile phones.
Using Bluetooth®
Status Bar Icons
Name Description
ȿMutes call volume
ȿBluetooth® phone call state
ȿMobile phone contacts or call history download status
ȿA state when Bluetooth® Handsfree and streaming Audio is all
connected
ȿState when Bluetooth® streaming Audio is connected
ȿState when Bluetooth®Handsfree is connected
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Enter number on the dial pad Press
the |೨Send | or the [೨] key on the steering
remote controller.
Enter the 1 or 2 digit speed dial number
with the Dial Pad Press and hold the
last number
Making a call from Speed Dial
Making/Answering Calls
Information
• For speed dials saved within mobile
phones, up to 2 digits are supported.
• Saving or changing speed dial numbers
through the head unit is not supported.
Calling by dialing a number
If you press the |೨Send | button without
entering a number, the Call History
screen is displayed
Press and hold the dial pad |0 +| (over
0.8 seconds) to enter a "+".
Information
• Most audio and SETUP mode features will
not operate during a Bluetooth® handsfree call.
Only the call volume and Navigation mode
screen can be operated.
Name Description
Send Calls the entered phone
number
End Deletes all entered numbers
Favorites Displays the Favorites list
screen
2 3
1
1
2
3
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Press the hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
|೨Send| button or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller
Information
• Calling through the call history is not possible
when there is no call history or the Bluetooth®
phone has not been connected.
• Within the call history screen, press the
Download button to |download| the call history
saved in your mobile phone into the vehicle.
• For more information on downloading call
histories, refer to the “Call History
Downloading Call History” section.
Calling through Redial
Using Bluetooth®
Information
• Redialing is not possible when there is
no call history or the Bluetooth® phone
has not been connected.
Press the |೨Send | button or the [೨] Key on
the steering remote controller Select the
call list Press |Call|
Making a call from Call history
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Incoming call notice Press the
|Accept| button or the |೨| key on the
steering remote controller.
Answering a call Information
• When the incoming call pop-up is displayed,
most functions within audio and SETUP mode
will not operate. Only the call volume and
Navigation screens can be operated.
• The telephone number may not be displayed
in some mobile phones.
Incoming call notice Press the |Reject|
button or the |೨| key on the steering remote
controller.
Rejecting a call
When a call is received on the connected
phone, the bell will sound and the phone
number of the other party will be displayed
on the incoming call pop-up, as shown here.
Information
• The reject call function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
During handsfree call Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
During call on mobile phone Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
Switching Call to the Handsfree
Operating Menus during a Call
Switching Call to the Bluetooth® phone
The call will be switched from the handsfree
to the Bluetooth® mobile phone.
Information
• The Private function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
Using Bluetooth®
The call will be switched from the
Bluetooth® mobile phone to the car
handsfree.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
While on a call Press the |೨End| button or
the [೨] Key on the steering remote controller.
If there is waiting call, press the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller (under 0.8
seconds) or press the |೨Switch| button on
the Phone screen.
Switching to Call Waiting
Information
• Call waiting is a feature that allows the caller
to answer a second call while already on a call.
When call waiting is used, the first call is
placed on waiting mode.
• The Switch to Call Waiting feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
Ending a call
Name Description
Hold 1st
call
Places current call on call
waiting and answer new call
End 1st
call
Ends current call and answer
new call
Reject
Rejects new call and
maintains
current call
Switch
If there is a call waiting,
switches to the waiting call
waiting call
The Bluetooth® handsfree call will end.
If another person calls while you are already
on a call, the current call must be
placed on hold or ended to answer the
new call.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
While on a call Select |Outgoing Vol.|
Set Outgoing Volume Press |OK|
While on a call Use the ೣVOL knob on
the head unit or the [VOL+], [VOL-] keys
on the steering remote controller to adjust
the ring/call volume.
Adjusting the Ring/Call Volume
Information
• The volume heard by the other party may
differ depending on the mobile phone. If call
volume heard by the other party is too low or
too high, first adjust the volume setting.
Setting Mic volume
If you press the |̰Mute| button, the
outgoing volume is muted and blocked to
the other party.
Using Bluetooth®
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Contacts
Press the [PHONE] key on the head unit or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller Press |ȿContacts|
Information
• For contacts, up to 5,000 entries can be saved for each paired
Bluetooth® device.
• Contacts can be viewed only when a Bluetooth device has been
connected.
• If there are numerous list entries, selecting the list page area will
move to the corresponding list page.
• It is possible to download contacts during a call or while operating
Bluetooth® streaming audio mode.
• When downloading contacts, the |ȿcontacts download| icon will be
displayed within the status bar.
• It is not possible to download contacts when the contacts download
setting has been turned off within your Bluetooth® device.
• In addition, some devices may require device authorization to
download contacts.
• If downloading cannot be normally conducted, check the Bluetooth®
device settings or the screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
Check to see that the Bluetooth® device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Name Description
Search Search car contacts and mobile phone contacts
(Search by name or number)
Download Download contacts from Bluetooth® device
Bluetooth®
Device
Name
Name of connected Bluetooth® device
List page Displays total list pages and current list page
(List page jump upon selecting scroll area)
Download
source
Displays whether contacts were downloaded from
the mobile phone or SIM
Information
• Mobile phone contacts can be searched only when a Bluetooth® device is connected.
• Up to 5,000 contacts from your Bluetooth® phone or SIM can be downloaded into the car contacts. Contacts that have been downloaded
to the car cannot be edited or deleted.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth® device (max 5 devices x 5,000 contacts each). Previously
downloaded data will be stored even if the Bluetooth® device has been disconnected. (However, the contacts and call history saved
to the phone will be deleted if the paired phone is deleted.)
• Downloaded contacts could be lost depending on the state of the head unit. Always make sure to back up important data.
Using Bluetooth®
Mobile Contacts Screen Configuration
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Press the |Download| button from the
Contacts screen Press |Yes|
Select the desired phone number from the
mobile contacts list to check details about
the number.
Checking Mobile Contacts Details
Information
• Upon downloading mobile phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported in some
mobile phones.
• Upon downloading, contacts saved in your
SIM and mobile phone are simultaneously
downloaded.
• To change the contacts download settings,
change the following menu setting.
[Setup] |ȿBluetooth| |ȿContacts
Download Setting|
• When using Contacts Sync, the contacts
and call histories within your mobile phone are
automatically downloaded upon connecting
Bluetooth®.
If you do not wish to use this feature, turn this
feature off at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿContacts Sync Setting|.
Downloading Mobile Phone Contacts
Information
• Time required to download contacts may
differ depending on your mobile phone model
or data size.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Select number from the Contacts screen
Within the details screen, press |Add as
Favorite|
Adding as a Favorite
Information
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added.
• Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ȿFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
Using Bluetooth®
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ȿFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
In Phone screenPress |ȿFavorites|
Select the desired Favorite Call
connected
In Favorites screen Press |Delete Items|
Select items you want to delete and press
|Delete| Press |Yes|
Selecting/Deleting Favorites
Favorites
Calling Favorites
Information
• Favorites can be added through Phone
|ȿContacts| Select contact |Add as
Favorite|.
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added and Favorites
can be used only when a Bluetooth device has
been connected.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
In Phone screen Press |Search| Press the |̰Search by Name button|
Enter name and press |Search|
Information
• When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the name.
Searching Contacts
Using Bluetooth®
Information
When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the entire
number.
(ex: if you enter “1544”, all numbers that
include “1544” will be searched.)
Searching by NumberSearch by Name
Press the |̰Search by Number| button
Enter number and press |Search|
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Within the Phone screen, press the |೨Send|
button or the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller.
Call History Screen Configuration
Call History
Entering Call History Screen
Information
The call history may not be saved in the call
history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will not
be saved in the call history list.
Name Description
Dialed Call Displays the outgoing call
history list
Received
Call
Displays the incoming call
history list
Missed Call Displays the missed call
history list
Download Downloads call history from
mobile phone
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Within the Call History screen, press the
|Download| button.
Information
• Up to 20 dialed, incoming, and missed call
history lists can each be downloaded.
The dialed/incoming time and call time
information are not supported.
• Sorting all call histories by time is not
supported.
• It is possible to download call history even
during a call or during Bluetooth® streaming
audio.
• When downloading call histories, the
|̰contact download| icon will be displayed
within the status bar.
• It is not possible to commence download
when the call history download feature is
turned off within the Bluetooth® device. Also
some devices may require device authorization
upon attempting to download call history. If
downloading cannot be normally conducted,
check the Bluetooth® device settings or the
screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. Check to see that the
Bluetooth® device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Downloading Call History
Using Bluetooth®
Within the Call History screen, select the list.
Viewing Call History Information
Name Description
Download Download call histories from
mobile phone
Call Calls the number
Delete Deletes the call history
1
2
3
1
2
3
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press the |ȿConnections| button on the
Phone screen.
Connections Menu
Setting Bluetooth® Connection
Function Description
Help Displays Bluetooth®
Help screen
Add New Pairs a new Bluetooth®
device
Connect/
Disconnect
Connects/disconnects
a Bluetooth® device
Delete Deletes a paired
Bluetooth® device
Delete All Deletes all paired
Bluetooth® devices
Auto Connection
Sets Bluetooth® device
auto connection when
car ignition is turned on
Paired device list Shows list of paired
Bluetooth® devices
Streaming
connection state
Shows Bluetooth®
Streaming connection
state
Handsfree
connection state
Shows Bluetooth®
Handsfree connection
state
Connecting a Device
ࠉʼଜˈ ଜЕ ̛̛ ۴ ୯
|Connections| ؟ટ ۴
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
• When a Bluetooth® device is being connected,
the connection process cannot be canceled.
• Only Bluetooth® Handsfree and Bluetooth®
audio related features will operate within this
system.
• Normal operation is possible only for devices
that support handsfree or audio features, such as
a Bluetooth® mobile phone or a Bluetooth®
audio device.
• Only one function can be used at a time
between the Bluetooth® handsfree and
Bluetooth® audio. (While playing Bluetooth®
audio, streaming will end upon entering the
Bluetooth® phone screen.)
• If a connected Bluetooth® device becomes
disconnected for various reasons, such as being
out of range, turning the device OFF, or a
Bluetooth® communication error, Bluetooth®
devices are automatically searched and
connected.
• If the system becomes unstable due to
communication errors between the vehicle and
the Bluetooth® device, reset the Bluetooth® and
try again. Upon resetting Bluetooth®, the system
is restored to its factory release state. Press the
[SETUP] key |ȿBluetooth| |ȿAdvanced
Settings| |ȿRestore Factory Settings|
The Phone screen is displayed once a
Bluetooth® Handsfree is connected while
the Bluetooth® Audio screen is displayed
once streaming Audio is connected.
Pairing a New Device
Using Bluetooth®
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
• Bluetooth® features supported within the
vehicle are as follows. Some features may not
be supported depending on your Bluetooth®
device.
- Answering and placing Bluetooth®
Handsfree calls
- Menu operation during call (Switch to Private,
Switch to call waiting, Outgoing volume)
-Download Call History
-Download Mobile Contacts
-Download SIM Contacts
-Contacts/ Call History Auto Download
-Bluetooth® device auto connection
-Playing Bluetooth ® Streaming Audio
• It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth®
devices to the car system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired while a
Bluetooth® device is already connected.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Select the device you wish to disconnect
Press |Disconnect| Press |Yes|
Disconnecting a Device
Deleting a Device
Select the device you want to delete
Press |Delete| Press |Yes|
A device cannot be deleted if it is
connected.
To delete a paired device, first disconnect
the Bluetooth® connection.
Press |Delete All| to delete all paired
Bluetooth® devices.
Information
• If a paired phone is deleted, its call history
and contacts lists will also be deleted.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Press the |Auto Connection| button Select
the desired option Set and press |Done|
Setting Auto Connection
Information
• The Auto Connection button is a shortcut
menu to go to [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAuto Connection Settings|
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you wish to connect or set the phone priority.
If auto connection is turned on, a Bluetooth®
device will automatically be connected
according to the set option when the car
ignition is turned on.
Name Description
Disable Auto
Connection Disables auto connection
Previously
Connected
Phone
Auto connection with the
previously connected
Bluetooth® phone
User Selected
Phone
Automatically connects to
a user selected
Bluetooth® device
Connect by
Priority
Automatically connects
according to the set
Bluetooth® phone priority
Using Bluetooth®
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
5Voice
Recognition
• Starting Voice Recognition
• Voice Command Lists
Starting Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
Say a command
Once voice recognition starts, the voice
command entry window and the six
representative commands are displayed.
If voice recognition is in [Normal Mode],
then the system will say “Please say a
command. Beep~”
• If voice recognition is in [Expert Mode],
then the system will only say a “Beep~”
(e.g. :screen displayed when ‘Help’ is stated)
• For proper recognition, say the command
after the voice instruction and beep tone.
Notice
Information
• To change the Normal/Expert setting, press
the [SETUP] key and enter the Voice
Recognition settings screen.
Skipping Prompt Messages
While prompt message is being stated
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The prompt message is immediately ended
and the beep tone will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
While system waits for a command
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The command wait state is immediately
ended and the beep ton will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Using Voice Recognition
Ending Voice Recognition
While Voice Recognition is operating
Press and hold the [ȿVR] key on the
steering remote controller (over 0.8 seconds)
While using voice command, pressing a
steering wheel remote control or a different
key will end voice command.
Information
̲In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or “end” to end
voice command.
̲In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the [ȿVR]
key on the steering remote controller to end
voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Press the [ȿVR] key on the steering remote
controller. The voice command entry window
and the six representative commands are
displayed.
Information
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
‘Please say a command’ prompt will not be
provided. Only the ‘beep-’ will sound.
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
six representative commands are not shown
on the screen.
• After the ‘Beep-’, the |ݛଔ৲| icon will change
to the |ࡸ۽ࢉݥیԆ| icon to indicate that a
command can now be stated.
Adjusting Voice Recognition
Volume
While Voice Recognition is operating
Turn the ೣVolume knob left/right to adjust
the voice recognition prompt volume
Using Voice Recognition
Illustration on Using Voice Recognition
(When Home is set as the destination)
Press the [ȿVR] key (under 0.8 seconds).
The system is await your command and
display a list of accessible commands on the
screen.
Please say a command
Destination
Destination
Please say a command
Go Home
Beep-
Beep-
Voice Command List
Voice Command List
Voice commands within this system are categorized into
“Common Commands” and “Mode Commands”.
• Common Commands (Ǹ) : commands that can be used in
all situations.
• Mode Commands (ɂ) : commands that can be used in
specific multimedia/navigation/Bluetooth mode states.
Information
Some commands will operate properly only when a USB, iPod,
Bluetooth or other device has been connected.
Command Operation
ǸHelp Displays the mail Help screen
ǸDestination Help Displays the Destination related command list
ǸMap Help Displays the Map related command list
ǸRadio Help Displays the FM/AM radio related command list
ǸXM Help Displays the XM radio related command list
ǸDisc Help Displays the DISC mode related command list for the disc inserted in the CD Player
ǸiPod Help Displays the iPod related command list
ǸUSB Help Displays the USB related command list
ǸPandora Help Displays the Pandora radio related command list
ǸPhone Help Displays the Phone related command list
Help Command List
Command Operation
ǸRadio Plays the most recent frequency for the most recently operated band
Ǹ(Radio) AM Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ(Radio) FM Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band. In the case of FM, the most recent frequency within the most
recently played FM1 or FM2 band is Played
ǸFM1/FM2 Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
ǸAM frequency <530~1710> Plays the desired AM band frequency
(ex : AM Frequency “Five-Hundred Thirty”)
ǸFM frequency <87.5~107.9> Plays the desired FM band frequency
(ex : FM Frequency “Eighty-Seven point Five”)
ǸAM Preset <1~6> Plays the desired AM band preset frequency
ǸFM1 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired FM1 band preset frequency
ǸFM2 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired FM2 band preset frequency
ɂPreset <1~6> Plays the desired preset frequency for the current band
ɂSeek Up Searches and plays the next frequency of the current band
ɂSeek Down Searches and plays the previous frequency of the current band
ɂPreset Up Plays the next preset frequency of the current band
ɂPreset Down Plays the previous preset frequency of the current
ɂAuto Store Searches all frequencies within the current band and stores the 6 frequencies with the most superior reception as preset
buttons
ɂScan On Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂPreset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
Audio System Command List
FM/AM Radio
Command Operation
ǸXM Plays the last channel within the last band from XM1, XM2, and XM3
ǸXM1/ XM2/ XM3 Plays the most recent channel for the corresponding Band
ǸXM Channel <1~255> Plays the desired XM band channel
(ex : XM channel “Eleven”)
ǸXM1 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM1 band
ǸXM2 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM2 band
ǸXM3 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM3 band
ɂChannel <1~255> Plays the desired channel of the current band
ɂPreset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel of the current band
ɂChannel Up Plays the next channel of the current band
ɂChannel Down Plays the previous channel of the current band
ɂPreset Up Plays the next preset channel of the current band
ɂPreset Down Plays the previous preset channel of the current band
ɂScan On Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂPreset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
XM Radio
Command Operation
ǸCD If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ǸCD Track <1~99> If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is a CD, then CD Mode will start and plays the desired track
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext Track Plays the next track
ɂPrevious Track Plays the previous track
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current track
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Randomly plays the tracks within the CD
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random Play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan feature
ɂTrack <1~99> Plays the desired track number
CD(Audio Type)
Command Operation
ǸCD If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next track
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous track
ɂNext Folder Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂRepeat Folder Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the CD in random order.
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle Folder Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂFolder Scan Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
CD(MP3 Type)
Command Operation
ǸUSB If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 or Image files within the USB
ǸUSB Music If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ǸPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next track
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous track
ɂNext Folder Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂRepeat Folder Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the USB in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle Folder Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂFolder Scan Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Music
Command Operation
ǸUSB If the DISC inserted in the CD plays is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ǸUSB Image If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ɂNext File Displays the next image file
ɂPrevious File Displays the previous image file
ɂNext Folder Displays the first image file within the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Displays the first image file within the previous folder
USB Image
Command Operation
ǸiPod Plays the songs within the iPod if the iPod has been connected to the device
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext Song Plays the next song
ɂPrevious Song Plays the previous song
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
iPod
Command Operation
ǸMy Music Plays the songs within the My Music
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next file
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous file
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
My Music
Others
Phone Command List
Command Operation
ǸAudio On Turns on the Audio/Video
ǸAudio Off Turns off the Audio/Video
ǸBluetooth Audio Plays Bluetooth Audio
ǸAuxiliary Plays the connected auxiliary device
ǸBlue Link Displays the Blue Link mode screen
Command Operation
ǸCall Name Makes the call to the name
ǸCall <Name> Call <Name> saved in Contacts
(ex: Call "John")
ǸDial Number Makes the call to the number
ǸDial <Number> Call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers
(ex: Dial “123”)
ǸContacts Displays list of saved contacts. Say the name to connect the call to the corresponding contact.
ǸRecent Calls The user can select a number from the outgoingヤincomingヤand missed calls
ǸRedial Connects the most recently called number
Ĝ$NWG.KPMĜ KUCPQRVKQPCNHGCVWTG
Navigation Command List
Command Operation
ǸFind Address Sets the destination through address search for route guidance
ǸPrevious Destination Sets one of the previous destination as the current destination
ǸPrevious Searches Sets one of the previous searches as the current destination
ǸFind Nearest POI Sets a POI near the current position as the destination for route guidance through POI category search
ǸFind the Nearest < POI Name>
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination by directly inputting the POI name for route guidance
(ex: Find the Nearest "Restaurants'')
POI Category listヤPage ##
ǸDestination POI by Phone
Number Sets the destination by searching the phone number of the facility
ǸFind Emergency Police Station Searches for an emergency Police Station which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for r
ǸFind Emergency Hospital Searches for an emergency Hospital which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for route!
ǸFind Emergency Dealership Searches for an emergency Dealership which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for rout
ǸMy Places Sets one of the list of previously registered addresses in the My Places for the user as the destination
ǸGo Home Sets the previously registered home address as the destination for route guidance
ǸGo to Office Sets the previously registered office address as the destination for route guidance
ǸPrevious Start Position Sets the previous start position as the current destination
ǸFavorite Place < 1 ~ 5 > Sets a previously registered favorite place as the destination for route guidance
&GUVKPCVKQP
Command Operation
ǸMap Current Location Displays the current position of the vehicle.
ǸVoice Guidance On Turns the Voice Guidance On
ǸVoice Guidance Off Turns the Voice Guidance Off
ǸVoice Guidance Lauder Increases the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
ǸVoice Guidance Softer Decrease the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
ǸRepeat Voice Guidance Repeats the route guidance
ǸCancel Route Deletes the designated destination and terminates the route guidance
ǸDetour <1ヤ2ヤ5, 10> mile(s) Searches detour routes within a <Iヤ2ヤ5ヤ10> mile radius
ǸDetour <Iヤ2, 5, 10> kilometer(s) Searches detour routes within a <Iヤ2ヤ5ヤ10> kilometer radius
ǸDistance to Destination Reports the remaining distance until destination by voice
ǸTime to Destination Reports the remaining time until destination by voice
ǸStore Marked Location to <Text Tag>
(ex: Store Marked Location to "User I" Registers the selected location into the selected Address book
ǸReplan Fastest Route Recalculates the route with the fastest route
ǸReplan Shortest Route Recalculates the route with the shortest route
ǸZoom In / Zoom Out Decreases/Increases the map zoom by one level
ǸZoom <Scale>
Displays the map in the corresponding zoom
<scale> : 150, 300, 700 feet/0.25, 0.5 miles/1 mile/2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 130, 250 miles
50, 100, 200, 400, 800 meters/1.6, 3.2, 6.4, 12, 25, 50, 100, 200, 400 kilometers
ǸZoom Minimum Displays the map screen in the maximum zoom level
ǸZoom Maximum Displays the map screen in the minimum zoom level
ǸView Route If the destination has been setヤdisplays the whole route screen until the destination
/CR
Command Operation
ǸXM Traffic Displays XM Traffic information on the screen
ǸAuto Zoom On Turns the Auto Zoom feature on
ǸAuto Zoom Off Turns the Auto Zoom feature off
ǸAuto Mode Converts the map display is between daylight/night modes automatically
ǸDaylight Mode Converts the map display into daylight mode
ǸNight Mode Converts the map display into night mode
ǸNorth Up Displays the map in North Up mode
ǸHeading Up Displays the map in Heading Up mode
Restaurants Rest Area Pharmacy Court House
African Restaurants Road Assistance Shoe Store Fire Department
American Restaurants Travel Shopping Center Government Offices
Asian Restaurants Airport Sporting Goods Store Library
Chinese Restaurants Bus Station Recreation Police Station
Coffee Shop Campground Amusement Park Post Office
Continental Restaurants City Center Cinema School
Fast Food Ferry Terminal Golf Course Utilities
French Restaurants Hotel Museum Waste & Sanitary
Italian Restaurants Local Transit Recreation Area Services
Japanese Restaurants Rental Car Agency Ski Resort Attorney
Korean Restaurants Tourist Attraction Sports Activities Cleaning & Laundry
Latin American Restaurants Tourist Information Sports Complex Communication Services
Mexican Restaurants Train Station Video & Game Rental Dentist
Seafood Restaurants Travel Agent Winery Funeral Home
Vegetarian Restaurants Shopping Other Recreation Hair & Beauty
Other Restaurants Bookstore Financial Services Hospital
Automotive Clothing Shop ATM Medical Service
Auto Parts Convenience Store Bank Mover Services
Auto Service Department Store Business Facility Photography
Automobile Dealership Electronics Store Check Cashing Service Physician
Car Wash Gift Shop Money Transfer Social Service
Gas Station Grocery Store Community Tailor & Alteration
Hyundai Dealership Hardware Store City Hall Tax Service
Motorcycle Dealership Home Specialty Store Civic Center
Parking Music Store Convention, Center
POI Category List
Information
6
•XM Data
• Blue Link
• GPS Information
•Help
XM Data
About GPS
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
About XM Data Service
The XM Data Service is a paid membership
Satellite radio service which provides users
with traffic, stock, sports, and weather
information.
However, weather information is not
supported for vehicles purchased in Canada.
[Weather] ফ̒ 3ࢊɾࢂΤࢽؿݤ
[More]؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Traffic] ѦԻ ۘࢂ ࡪˈࢽؿ ݤ[More] ؟ટࡶ
ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Stocks]
Favorite StocksԻ एࢽѹ 3ʎ ࣯ݥּࣗ
ࢽؿ ݤ
[More] ؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Sports]
My TeamsԻ एࢽѹ 2ʎય߾оଞࢽؿ
ݤ
[More]؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
Weather Data Service
The Weather Service is a service which
provides weather information updated ever 5
minutes for your region.
The Weather Service includes Tabular
Weather, Graphical Weather, Warnings and
Advisories Services.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Weather : More]
Provides current weather information and
weather information for the coming next
three days for your region.
To change the region, press the |Other City|
button and select the desired region.
Forecast
This service provides weather information,
such as Cloud, Fog, Rain, Snow, and Road
Conditions on the Navigation map as
symbols.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
Map
This service provides weather warnings and
advisories, such as Tornado, Storm, Flood,
etc. as symbols on the Navigation map.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
Warnings and Advisories
XM Data
Traffic Data Service
• Automatic route recalculation (guidance)
according to changes in traffic conditions.
• Provides short-cuts for initially searched
routes.
• Displays increased detour distance and
estimated driving times.
• Displays icons by each traffic situation on
the map.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Traffic : More]
1.Route calculation by incorporating
actual road traffic conditions
Incorporation of traffic information to route
calculations is a user option which can be
turned on or off by the user.
2.Displays Road Traffic situations
RTM (Road Traffic Message) is a feature
which displays symbols of icons for each
type of road traffic condition, such as
locations under construction, accidents,
basic weather, and others on map locations
based on Traffic information provided by XM.
3.Avoidance of locations where traffic
situations have occurred.
If a traffic situation occurs somewhere along
the route, the route is recalculated to avoid
such locations and an avoidance
recalculation popup will be displayed.
4.Displays Traffic Event List
A list providing details on accidents and an
icon which will display the accident location
are displayed. The user can view details by
pressing on the list or move the map to the
accident location by pressing on the
accident icons.
Traffic Stocks Service
XM Stock data Service is a service which
provides real-time updated information on
the NYSE, NASDAQ, and AMEX
(approximately 11,000 symbols)
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Stock : More]
XM Data
Stocks
Stocks is a feature that shows the current
value and change of stocks.
For symbols which you are interested in,
press the <Favorites> icon to save the
symbol as a part of <My Favorite>. Saved
symbols can be viewed from the My
Favorites button on the Stock Main screen.
Stock Search
Use the Stock Search menu to search for
specific stocks.
My Favorites
My Favorites shows list of stocks added by
the user.
XM Data
When GPS info cannot be used
The service provides real-time updated
information on scores and schedules for
major sports, such as NFL, NBA, NCAA
Football, NCAA basketball, NHL, MLB,
NASCAR and more.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Sports : More]
My Teams
You can save teams which you are
interested in as part of <My teams> to easily
view related scores and schedules.
XM Data
Blue Link
Press the [INFO] key Press |Blue Link|
Blue Link ۭٵݘ ࢄࡅ ݡ ࣬ࡿ ۉଡ
Blue Link ۰ٸݛ߾ ɼѸ߭ ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ,
ECO Drivingࢽؿ ࣏ୣ, Blue Link System ࢽ
ؿ ࢉ ̛Мփ ࢿ˓ ѼТЬ.
[Downloade
d POI]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POI ࢽؿ ࢉ
[ECO
Driving]
८ԛ ࠉٸ ̐Ԏ ˁࢿ ࡋࢷ ࢽؿձ
ࢉ
[system
Info]
Blue Link ݤݛ੬ ࢽؿ ࢉ ߶іࢇ
ઝ
[Gas
Station]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Gas Station ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Restaurant
s]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Restaurants ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Location
Sharing]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
˓ࡪѹ ˱ࢂ ࡢ ࢽؿ ࢉ
Blue Link ߄ࢴ ؼ߄ ۭٵݘ
Auto Crash Notification
८ԛ یˈԻ ࢉଜࠆ ߾߭ؒࢇ Ѱଟ ˁࡉ ୃ
ࢢ ࡢࠪ ˈʏЧࢂ ࢽؿձ ݦܖଜʯ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Ի ࢷܞଞ ୯ ̝̗˱ ࢷɼ ࠉʼ
ѼТЬ.
̝̗ ˱ ࢷɼ ࠉʼѸִ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࢇ ୃ
ࢢ ۘଢ଼߾ Ҭհ ࢶࢸଞ ࣏ձ ীଜʯ Ѹֲ
Ѱݤ߾ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ ଭѰ ࣏ձ ۶ָଢ
ТЬ.
Blue Link
SOS
[SOS] ੁձ ଜࠆ ̝̗ ˱ ۰ٸݛձ ࡁঐ
ଟܹݡТЬ. SOS۰ٸݛɼ ࡁঐѸִ ८ԛ
ࢽؿ ୃࢢ ࡢ ࢽؿɼ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼Ի
ࢷܞ Ѹֲ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕ˕ࢂ ɼ ࠉʼѼТ
Ь.
߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࡵ ̝̗ ˱ ࡁࡕࢇ ୃࢠ߾ Ѧ९
ଟ Ҷ̧ए ձ ࡪएଜֲ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ
ଭѰ ࣏ձ ۶ָଢТЬ.
५Ԙ ѣΟ ،ऌ ۭٵݘ
८ԛ Ѧ߾ оଞ ۘଢ଼ࢇ ʃएѹ ˁࡉ, Ѧ
ࢽؿЕ ईݤ ˗ଟ ˁॲ۰Ի ࢷܞѸֲ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Е ˗ଟ ˁॲࢇ Ѧѹ ८ԛࡶ ݦܖ
ଜʯ ܹؑ ୣܹଟ ܹ ѦԼ ˗ ࢽؿձ
एࡕ ଢТЬ.
८ԛ Ѧࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗ ئթ߾ ̒ʠଜࠆ
ଥк ८ԛࢂ ݤѰࡶ ८ЯଢТЬ.
८ԛ ݤѰ ̖एЕ ୃࢢ ८ԛࢂ ݤѰࢇ ̿ࣇ
Е ۘଢ଼߾۰ Ѱଜֲ, ८ԛࢇ ࢇѰ ࣸࢉ
ˁࡉ߾Е ८ԛࢇ ֣শ ୯ ݤѰࢇ ̿ऑ ୯߾
ࢢݤѰ ݤ ८Я ѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ݡѭ ̓ऌ
८ԛ ࣯ଭ ࣸ Ѧࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗ ئթ߾
̒ʠଜࠆ ଥк ८ԛࢂ ܖѦձ ߇ࢷܖѦ̧ए
ঊঊ ʃܕݤТЬ. ࢇҶ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ˁˈ
֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ܓѣ ʀܒ
Blue Link
ࢺؼ ۭٵݘ
Blue Link ۾ਜ਼ծ ଛ POI ࢺؼ Щࡈ
Ըғ
1. Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ.
Blue Link POI
Օײԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄײऌ
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
2. ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ࢂ ࡸ۽ࢉݥࡶ ଜ
ࠆPOI ࢽؿձ ࡁঐ
3. ࡁঐѹ POI ࢽؿձ ܹݦଜִ ִ߾ ܹݦ
ѹPOI ࢽؿɼ ݤѼТЬ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
Blue Link ۾ਜ਼ծ ଛ POI ࢺؼ Щࡈ
Ըғ
1. Blue Link ࡠیࢇઝ (www.myhyndai.com)
ձ؏חଜࠆ ߾۰ ࡕଜЕPOI ࢽؿձ ʦۛଞ
୯ ८ԛࡳԻ ࢷܞଢТЬ.
2. ࢷܞ ୯ ८ԛ ݤѰࡶ ִ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ POI
ЬࡋԻҖ ֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
POI ЩࡈԸғ ષ߳
3.YESձ ۴ଜࠆ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POIּԼࡶ
ࢉଢТЬ.
POI նݘચ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ POI ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
POI չݛઝձ ۴ଜִ ۘۿ ࢽؿձ ࢉଟ
ܹ ݡТЬ.
POI նݘચ ୕ֱ
POI ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Downloaded POI] ۴
[View Map] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POIࢂ ࡢձ एѦ ۘ߾۰
ࢉ
[Call] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POIԻࢷʤ̛
[Delete] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POI ࢽؿ ۍࢿ
Information
•̛قࢶࡳԻ POIּԼࡵ ୃࢢ ࡢձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ
Τज ܻ۰Ի ݤ ѼТЬ. փߟ ࣯ଭ ࣸࢉ ˁԻ
ࣱ̛ ӖЕ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ ʠչձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ ݤձ
ࡕଞЬִ Distance ӖЕ On Routeձ ۴ଜݫ
ݤࠝ.
•ΰٸʯࢇ܊߾۰ ̛࣑߾ ۶ࢽѹ ּࢶए߾ оଞ
ˁԻձ ۛ ࣸࢉ ˁࡉ߾Е एѦִࡳԻ ࢇѰ
ଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ. ˁԻ ۛ ࠬՎ ୯ Ьݤ ࢇࡈଥ
࣯ݫݤࠝ.
Poi ࢷ ࠉʼࡵ ٴՔઆݛձ ଜࠆ ࢷ̛ձ
ࠉʼଜ̛ Ҷח߾ ֠ࢵ, ٴՔઆݛ ࢷɼ ࠉʼѸ
߭ Еए ࢉ ଜࠆ ࣯ݫݤࠝ.
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Gas Station ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Gas Station] ۴
Gas Station նݘચ ୕ֱ
Gas Station ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Restaurants ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Restaurants նݘચ ୕ֱ
Restaurants ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Restaurants ]۴
ːࡧѶ ˮࡿ ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Location Sharing նݘચ ୕ֱ
Location Sharing ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Location Sharing ]۴
έ ծ ˮʬ ࢴܛ
Blue Link POI
Օײԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄײऌ
Blue Link Call
୕ ࣵ ୕ֱ
1. Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link܁ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ
2.ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ۘжࡕ߾ʯ ΰ ࡢ
ձ ˱߾ʯ ࢷܞଟ ʨࡶ ࡁঐ
3.ΰ ࡢɼ ˱߾ʯ ࢷܞѻ
Blue Link
५Ԙ ࢺؼ ۭٵݘ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link|
۴ [Eco Driving] ۴
Eco Driving ୕ֱ
ࠆٵ ̍ԋଋ ૡ̎ࠉٸ(Community) оٸଞ 2.5ٗɾʸ
ࢂࠉٸࢽؿݤ
Average
Fuel
Economy
ݤѰ ୯ ८ԛ ࣯ଭ߾ Ҭհ ૡ̎ ࠉٸ
Fuel
Consumptio
n last 2.5
min
ফ̒ 2.5 ٗ Ѱ߇ࢂ ࠉٸ
Eco Reward ૡ̎ࠉٸؿЬ ࣚࡵ ࡋࢷࡶ ଜЕ ˁࡉ ࢺܹ
җ
Help ࠉٸ ̐Ԏ߾ оଞ ۘۿ ۶ָ ݤ
Eco Driving
ۭٵݘ րՋ ߇պ ѭ ५Ԙ ऎЬ ˅࢝ ߇պ
Blue Link ۰ٸݛ փՎ ݤࢺࢇ ɼ̧ࡓ ִࠝ,
Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩ݤएɼ ݤ ѼТЬ.
۰ٸݛ փՎ ߊսࡵ ࡠیࢇઝ, ࢇ֩ࢊ ח
֩ݤएձ ଜࠆ ̛࣯ࢶࡳԻ ߇ΰѼТЬ.
८ԛ ۘ߾ оଞ ࢇۘࢇ ʃएѸִ ଥк ࢇۘ
߾ оଞ ߇ΰࠪ ࣏یତ߾ оଜࠆ ִ߾
ݤѼТЬ.
Blue Link
Eco Driving
८ԛࢂ չਐ ӖЕ ৪ࢉ ࢽؿɼ ܹݦѸִ Ь
ࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
১ૐࢆ ߇պ ષ߳
Blue Link ݡݘ੩ ࢺؼ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[System Info] ۴
System Info ୕ֱ
Model Blue Link ֻљ ࢇղ
Version Blue Link ଜҖ࡛߭ ܕઝ࡛߭ ؟ࢷ
MEID NO. Blue Link ݤݛ੬ ˈࡪ ء
Update
(USB) USBձଞBlue Link ݤݛ੬ ߶іࢇઝ
Blue Link
GPS Information
Information
• For continued map updates, information
gathering and surveys are conducted
continuously to monitor road changes or new
road constructions. Nonetheless, roads,
facilities, and fares are under constant change
and it is impossible to completely remove all
errors, including road updates, names, facilities,
and fares. Please keep such fact in mind when
using GPS.
• In principle, roads with widths less than 3m
are not included within the map data. Roads
with sections with widths less than 3m may be
deleted in future map data updates.
About GPS
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States that determines the
user’s current position (longitude • latitude,
etc) by using 4 or more satellites.
This system is used with related GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
provide navigation services
When GPS info cannot be used
GPS info may not operate under the
following conditions.
• When buildings, tunnels, or other
obstructions block satellite signals
• When materials are placed above the
GPS antenna and block satellite signals
• When the satellite is not transmitting
• When a digital cellular phone (1.5GHz)
is placed near the GPS antenna
Errors unavoidable due to
system characteristics
• The navigation system uses GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
display the current position. Errors may
occur if the satellite is transmitting
inaccurate signals or only two or less
satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press the [INFO] key Select |ȿGPS Info|
Viewing GPS Info
The GPS reception and vehicle speed
information are displayed.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Help
Viewing Help
Press the [INFO] key Select |ȿHelp|
Help sections on the Navigation and
Bluetooth® features can be selected and
viewed.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
7Other
Features
• Climate Mode
•PGS
Climate Mode
Information
• When operating the Multimedia or Navigation
mode, press a Climate related key, such as
[TEMP], [AUTO], [A/C] to display the Climate
status bar at the top of screen.
Operating Climate Mode
Press the [CLIMATE] key to display the
Climate status bar.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
Driver-side
temperature Displays the driver-side temperature
AUTO Display Displays whether the heating/cooling auto
function is on/off
A/C Display Displays whether the a/c is on/off
Fan level Display Displays the current fan level
Fan Direction
Display Displays the set fan direction
DUAL Display Enables the driver/passenger temperature to
be set independently
Passenger-side
temperature Displays the passenger-side temperature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
12 3 4
5
6 7
12 3 4 5 6 7
Climate Mode
Controlling driver/passenger
temperature independently
Information
• The cabin temperature can be adjusted in
0.5Ȕunits within a range of 17.5Ȕ~ 31.5Ȕ.
• The temperature will be displayed as LOW
once it is adjusted below 17.5Ȕand HIGH
once it is adjusted above 31.5Ȕ.
Basic Operation
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting off.
Controlling driver/passenger
Temperature simultaneously
When DUAL is disabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures are
controlled simultaneously.
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting back on.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Setting Fan Direction
Information
• When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH.
When DUAL has been enabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures can be
controlled independently.
Press the fan keys to change the fan
direction.
Information
When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Climate Mode
Setting Fan Level
Press the [ȿܞԛ ࣏ࢸ|key to change the
fan level.
Information
If the fan level is changed while in [AUTO]
mode, AUTO mode will turn off.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
PGS (Parking Guide System)
Operating sequence of the PGS
1. Position the ignition key in ACC or ON.
2. Position the transmission lever to R.
3. The PGS mode will be displayed on the
screen.
About PGS (Parking Guide
System)
• PGS System is a system which provides
monitored parking guidance.
• The PGS will operate automatically when
the ignition Key is turned ON and the
transmission level is set to Reverse. The
PGS will automatically stop operating when
the transmission shift lever is set outside of
reverse.
•The PGS(Parking Guide System)is an
optional feature
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
Information
Guidance track is as follows:
• Red line -1.64 feet from the rear bumper
• Yellow line – 3.28 feet from the rear bumper.
• Blue line – 9.84 feet from the rear bumper.
• Red line – Track following left side driver side
wheel
• Yellow line – Track following right side
passenger side wheel
8Setup
•Setup
• Using Setup
Basic Mode Screen
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
10
14
11
15
12
1
13
9
Setup
Name Description
Sound Sets sound related settings
Display Sets display related settings
HD Radio Sets HD Radio related settings
Bluetooth® Sets Bluetooth® related settings
Navigation Sets various settings found within Navigation
mode
Edit My Places Set/Edit My Places within Navigation Mode
Traffic Sets Traffic Information related settings
Voice
Recognition Sets voice recognition related settings
Clock Sets current time and clock display
Picture Frame Sets screen displayed when device is turned
off
Keyboard Sets the keyboard type
Language Sets language for use within the device
System
Update
Checks system software version and receive
updates
Display Off Turn device display on/off
(The device power will not be turned off)
Close Close Setup menu screen
9
13
14
15
12
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Starting Mode
Use the |ɀ|, |Ɂ|, |ೞ|, || buttons to move
the cursor on the control screen to the
desired position.
Press |Default| to restore sound to the
center position.
Press the [SETUP] key to can check and
change the settings for all features found
within the Navigation system.
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿSound|
Sound
Setting Balance/Fader
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Fader/Balance| Set and press |Done|
Use the |ೞ|or|| buttons to adjust the
Bass/Mid/Treble settings.
Setting Bass/Mid/Treble
Information
The Balance/Fader settings allows you to set
the sound position. For example, you can set
the sound close to the driver-seat so that the
volume is relatively lower in the passenger or
rear seats.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Bass/Mid/Treble| Set and press |Done|
• Press the |Default| button to restore the
Bass/Mid/Treble to the center position.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Name Description
Navigation
Priority
Navigation guidance is
output louder than audio
Volume
Audio
Priority
Audio volume is output
louder than the navigation
guidance.
Same
Ratio
Audio volume and
navigation guidance are
output in identical volume
Setting Volume Ratio
Using Setup
These options are used to set the volume
ratio by selecting from Navigation Priority/
Audio Priority/Same Ratio.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Volume Ratio| Set and press |Done|
• The rear seat speaker will maintain its audio
volume regardless of which volume ratio is
selected.
The volume level is controlled automatically
according to the vehicle speed.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Advanced|Turn the feature |On|
Set and press |Done|
Setting Beep
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|̰Beep| Set and press |Done|
Each press of this button turns the BEEP
tone on/off.
• When the light on the left side of the button is
turned on, this indicates that the BEEP tone is
active. Press the |ȿBeep| button again to turn
off the BEEP tone.
1
1
2
3
2
3
Speed Dependent Volume Control
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Information
Press the |ȿDisplay| button Press |Adjust
Screen| Set and press |Done|
Display
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿDisplay|
Adjusting Screen
Use the|ೞ|or|| buttons to adjust the
display brightness and color.
Press the |ȿDisplay| button Press
|Illumination|
Setting Illumination
1
2
3
When set to Automatic, the screen brightness
and color will automatically be adjusted
according to the surrounding brightness.
Name Description
Automatic
Adjusts the brightness
automatically according to
surrounding brightness
Daylight Always maintains the
brightness on high
Night Always maintains the
brightness on low
1
2
3
HD Radio
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿHD Radio|
Name Description
FM-HD
Radio
Used to set FM-HD Radio
On/Off
AM-HD
Radio
Used to set AM-HD Radio
On/Off
These settings are used to set whether to
turn HD Radio On/Off.
1
2
1
2
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Using Setup
Bluetooth®
These menus allow you to set Bluetooth®
related features.
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|̰Bluetooth|
1
2
3
4
5
Name Description
Auto
Connection
Settings
Sets Bluetooth® device auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on between the vehicle
and Bluetooth® devices
Contacts
Sync Setting
Automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and
call histories to the car upon
connecting Bluetooth®
Contacts
Download
Setting
Sets which Contacts to
download from between
Mobile or SIM contacts
Streaming
Audio Setting
Sets whether to use the
streaming audio feature
Advanced
Settings
Sets Bluetooth related settings,
including Change Passkey,
Change Device Information,
Delete Favorites, Delete Call
History and Restore Factory
Settings
1
2
3
4
5
Auto Connection Settings
1
2
3
4
Name Description
Disable Auto
Connection Disables auto connection
Previously
Connected
Phone
Automatically connects
the previously connected
Bluetooth® device
User Selected
Phone
Automatically connects to
the set Bluetooth® device
Connect by
Priority
Automatically connects
according
to the set Bluetooth®
phone priority
1
2
3
4
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you want to connect or set the phone priority.
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿContacts
Sync Setting| Set and press |Done|
This feature automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and call histories
to the car upon Bluetooth® connection.
If you do not wish to use Contacts Sync,
turn the feature off.
Contacts Sync Setting
• This feature may not be supported in some
Bluetooth® devices.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press |̰Bluetooth| button Press |Auto
Connections Settings| Set and press
|Done|
If auto connection is turned on, a Bluetooth®
device will automatically be connected
according to the option setting when the car
ignition is turned on.
Information
Information
Name Description
Mobile
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in your mobile phone
SIM
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in SIM
You can select the contacts you wish to
download.
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| |Done|
When streaming audio is turned On, you
can play music files saved in your
Bluetooth® device from the car.
Contacts Download Setting
Using Setup
Streaming Audio Setting
Advanced Settings
1
2
3
4
5
1 2
1
2
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings|
Name Description
Change
Passkey
Changes the passkey
used to authenticate
Bluetooth® Device
Device
Information
Searches car Bluetooth®
device information and
change device name
Delete All
Favorites
Deletes all favorites of
connected Bluetooth®
Device
Delete All
Call
History
Deletes all call history of
connected Bluetooth®
Device
Restore
Factory
Settings
Restores Bluetooth®
factory state settings
1
2
3
4
5
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿContacts
Download Setting| Set and press |Done|
• This feature may not be supported in some
Bluetooth® devices
• When the mobile phone contacts and SIM
contacts are both selected, the mobile phone
contacts will be downloaded first.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Advanced Settings allow you to control
additional Bluetooth® related settings. For
safety, first park the vehicle in a safe
location to operate these features.
Information
Information
This feature is used to change the passkey
required to connect a Bluetooth® device
to the car.
Change Passkey
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDevice Information|
This feature allows you to check device
information.
Device Information
This feature allows you to delete all
Favorites saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected Bluetooth device.
Delete All Favorites
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press|ȿChange Passkey|
Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDelete All Favorites|
•Press the |Change Name| button to change
the name of the device.
• The default car name is set to Santa Fe.
• The device name and address shown in the
above is only an example. Check your device
for the actual device information.
• The default passkey is 0000.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
• If there are no Favorites or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ȼDelete All
Favorites| button will be disabled.
Information
Information Information
Navigation
Main
Using Setup
1
2
3
4
5
6
Delete All Call History Restore Factory Settings
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDelete All Call History|
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press |ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿRestore Factory
Settings|
Press the [SETUP] keyPress
|ȿNavigation|
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Main| Set and press |Done|
This feature allows you to delete all call
histories saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected device.
Turning on this feature will erase all paired
phones and allows you to restore
Bluetooth® related settings and data to the
default factory settings.
• If there are no call histories or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ȼDelete All Call
History| button will be disabled. • The |̰Restore Factory Settings| feature
cannot be used when a Bluetooth® device is
connected. To use this feature, first disconnect
the Bluetooth® device.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Information
Name Description
Unit Sets whether to display
distance as km/mi
Estimated
Time of
Set whether to display
estimated time of arrival
or travel on the route info
display screen
Distance
and
Time to
Set whether to display
distance and time to
destination or to waypoint on
the route info display screen
Display
Previous
Destinations
upon Start-
up
Set whether to display the
previous destinations popup
upon starting system
Driving
Speed
Setting
Set basic info to calculate
estimated arrival time to
destination or waypoint
Auto Search
when fuel
gauge
reads low
Automatically search for gas
stations when fuel gauge
reads low
This menu is used to set general navigation
options.
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Driving Speed Setting The changed driving speed is used to
calculate the estimated time until the
destination or waypoint.
Press the |Default| button to reset the driving
speed settings
• Default Driving Speed Settings for Residential,
Main Streets, and Expressways are 20mph,
35mph, and 60mph, respectively.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the |Edit| button within the “Driving
Speed Setting” menu to set the estimated
driving speed for residential roads, main
streets, and expressways. The set driving
speed is applied to calculate the estimated
time to reach the destination or waypoint.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Information
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Display| Set and press |Done|
Display
Using Setup
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Press the |ȿEdit| button within the |Route
Indicator Line| menu to change the color
of the route indicator line.
Route Indicator Line
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Route Search| Set and press |Done|
Route Search
This menu is used to set route search
related options.
0COG &GUETKRVKQP
Use
Alternative
Route Search
Set whether to first
display alternative routes
upon conducting route
search
Display Route
Options after
Re-calculation
Set whether to display
the pop-up screen that
allows changes to route
options upon route
recalculation
1
2
1
2
This menu is used to set the color of the
Route Indicator line displayed when
receiving route guidance.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Guidance
This menu is used to set options on
speed alerts and driver alerts.
Using Setup
1
2
Name Description
Speed Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
various camera alerts
Driver Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
speed bumps, curves,
and merges
1
2
To change the |Speed Alert Guidance|
option, press the |Edit| button within the
“Speed Alert Guidance” menu.
Speed Alert Guidance
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press the
desired |Guidance| Set and press |Done|
Name Description
Guidance
Setup
Sets Alarm sound for
speed alerts/ over
speeding and speed
guidance when volume
is muted.
Distance
Setup
Sets camera guidance
alarm distance
1
2
1
2
• Distance can be set in 0.06mi units.
To initialize settings, press the |Default| button.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Default Set and press |Done|
Default
This menu is used to reset saved changes
and user preferences.
Name Description
Initialize
Settings
Resets all settings back
to the default state
Memory
Points
Resets all saved memory
point information
1
2
• If the settings of an option are reset, then all
settings will be restored to the default factory
state.
• Heed caution as Home, Office and other user
locations may become deleted.
To set the Driver Alert Guidance, option,
press the |Edit| button within the “Driver Alert
Guidance” menu.
Driver Alert Guidance
• Alerts provided within Driver Alert Guidance
may differ depending on actual road conditions.
1
2
My Places
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|My Place| Set and press |Done|
My Places
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿEdit My
Places|
1
2
3
4
5
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information Information
From the My Places list, select the desired
menu to either add, delete or edit My Places.
• By default, names of folders have been set as
“Group”.
Favorite Places
A total of 4 Favorite Places can be saved.
Favorite Places can be selected at the
bottom of the Destination Search main
screen.
Using Setup
Name Description
Store
current
Position
Add the current vehicle
position as a My Place
Add My
Places
Add a My Place by using
search functions
Edit My
Places
Edit information pertaining
to saved My Places, such
as name, location, and
telephone number
Delete
selected
My
Places
Delete one or all saved My
Places
Edit
Group
name
Edit name of corresponding
group
1
2
3
4
5
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Favorite Places| Set and press |Done|
1
2
3
4
If Favorite Places have not been added, the
|Edit Favorite Place| and |Delete Favorite
Place| buttons will be disabled.
Name Description
Store
current
Position
Adds the current vehicle
position as a Favorite
Place
Add
Favorite
Place
Add a Favorite Place by
using search functions
Edit
Favorite
Place
Edit information pertaining
to saved Favorite Places,
such as name, location,
and telephone number
Delete
Favorite
Place
Delete one or all saved
Favorite Places
1
2
3
4
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
Information
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Home| or |Office|
Home, Office
One Home and Office can each be saved.
The set Home and Office positions can be
selected at the bottom of the Destination
Search main screen.
• If the Home and Office has not been set,
these buttons will be displayed as disabled
within the Destination Search screen.
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Speed Alerts| Set and press |Done|
Speed Alerts
|ҟԼ֩Ԃ|खִ߾۰ |ָঢ়|, |ࡢ|ҟ
ࢂ खࢇ ɼМଜֲ ࢿଞܖѦ ֩Ԃࢂ ࣗ
զ۶ࢽ, खࡶ ଟ ܹ ݡТЬ.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
М
ઝ
Information
Traffic Setup
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿTraffic
Setup |
Using Setup
0COG &GUETKRVKQP
Data Radio
ID
Check information on XM
traffic data service
activation and activation ID
Display
Traffic and
Flow Data
on Map
Sets whether to display
real-time traffic information
on map
Voice
Prompt for
Traffic and
Flow
Warning
Sets whether to receive
voice prompts for real-time
traffic information and
conditions
Provide
Re-Routing
Options
Sets whether to use re-
routing options by reflecting
traffic conditions
1
2
3
This menu is used to set options related to
traffic and flow data, voice prompts, and re-
routing options based on traffic conditions.
4
1
2
3
4• XM Traffic Data service requires a separate
subscription. To subscribe to this service,
please contact the number displayed on the
screen.
Voice Recognition Settings
1
2
&GUETKRVKQP
Normal
When using voice
recognition, provides
detailed prompts and is
suited for beginner users
Expert
When using voice
recognition, omits certain
prompts and is suited for
experienced users
1
2
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿVoice
Recognition Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to set voice recognition
mode between Normal and Expert mode.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
Clock Settings
Press |Time| Set and press |Done|
Clock Setting
This menu is used to set the time used
within the Navigation system.
1
2
3
Name Description
GPS Time Displays time according to
the received GPS time
Daylight
Saving Time
Turns on/off daylight saving
time feature
Time Format
Converts the time system
shown when within digital
clock between 12 hour / 24
hours
1
2
3
Press the [SETUP] key Press |̰Clock| • When Daylight Savings Time is turned on, the
clock is moved back one hour.
View
This menu is used to set the clock type
and date display within the Navigation
system.
Caution
• The time may not be properly displayed if the
GPS time is not connected
Picture Frame
This menu is used to select the screen
displayed when the system power is turned
off
1
2
1 2 3
Press |ȿClock| Press |View| Set and
press |Done|
Name Description
Clock
Type
Changes Clock Type (Digital/
Analog)
Date
Display
Sets whether to display date
within Clock screen
1
2
Name Description
Clock
Displays the clock on the
screen when the system power
is turned off
Image Displays an image when the
system power is turned off.
No Image No image is displayed when the
system power is turned off
1
2
3
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿPicture
Frame| Set and Press |Done|
• When the picture frame is set to “Image',
images saved within a USB can be as the
picture frame by pressing the |Browse| button.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Information
Keyboard
This option allows you to change the type
of keyboard used within the system.
1
2
Name Description
ABC Keyboard with characters
arranged in order
QWERTY Keyboard similar to the one
used within a computer
1
2
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿKeyboard| Set and press |Done|
• The set keyboard will be applied to all input
modes across the entire system.
Language
This menu is used to set the language of the
system display and voice language. You can
select the desired language from English,
French, Spanish and Korean.
Press the |ȿLanguage| Set and Press
|Done|
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Using Setup
Information
System Update
After inserting the SD card with the update
file, press OK to start the update.
Once updating is complete, the system
will automatically restart.
Using Setup
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿSystem Update| Press |Update|
|OK|
• This product requires regular updates for
software corrections, new functions and map
updates. Updating may require up to 1 hour
depending on the data size.
• Turning off the power or ejecting the SD card
during the update process may result in data
loss. Make sure to keep the ignition on and
wait until updating is complete.
• Map and software updates can be
downloaded from the designated website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com) and updated
through the SD card.
Caution
• Please use only the SD card that was included
with the vehicle purchase.
• The use of a separately purchased SD card
may result in damage due to heat related
deformation.
• Product malfunctions caused by the use of
separately purchased SD cards shall not be
covered within the product warranty.
• Repeatedly connecting/disconnecting the SD
card in a short period of time may cause damage
to the device.
Display Off
Press the |ȿDisplay Off| button to turn off
the display. Touch anywhere on the touch
screen to turn the display back on.
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿDisplay
Off|
• This feature is used to listen to only sound
and can be very helpful in preventing glare
from the screen when driving at night.
• Even when the display is off, sound will be
played.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Information
9Appendix
• Product Specification
• Before thinking the product has
malfunctioned
• Before thinking there is a product defect
• Troubleshooting
• FAQ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Product Specification
DOLBY
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby
and double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
DTS
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent No.:
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide
patents issued & pending. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the
Symbol together are registered trademarks & DTS Digital
Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Product includes software.
© DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Screen Size Navigation Device - 17.78cm (152.4 x 91.44mm)
Resolution Navigation Device - 384,000 pixels
(Resolution: 800 x 480)
Operating
Method TFT(Thin Film Transistor) Active Matrix
Viewing
Angle Navigation Device - left/right: 70º, Top: 60º, Bottom 50º
Internal
Lighting LED 14EA, UP/DOWN Assignment
6(6.%&
Channels
FM: 87.5MHz ~ 108.0MHz(Step: 100kHz)
AM: 531kHz ~ 1602kHz(Step: 9kHz)
Sensitivity FM: Under 10dBu /AM: Under 40dBu
Distortion
Factor Within 2% Speakers 2 ~ 8 Ț
Radio
Operating
temperature -30Ȕ~ +85ȔStorage
temperature -40Ȕ~ +105Ȕ
Dimensions 78.7mm(W) x 70.8mm(H) x 153.2mm(L)
Weight 210g
Integrated Antenna
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Name Car TFT LCD Display Navigation Unit
Power
Supply DC 14.4V Operating
Power DC 9V ~ DC 16V
Current
consumption 2.5A Dark Current 2mA (Head Unit
Only)
Operating
Temperatur
e
-20º ~ 70º Storage
Temperature -30Ȕ~ +80Ȕ
Dimensions 221.8mm(W) x 171mm(H) x 225mm(D)
Weight 2.7 Kg
Common
Frequency
Range 2402 ~ 2480 MHz
Supported
Bluetooth
Specification
2.1 + EDR
Supported
Profile Handsfree(1.5), A2DP(1.0), AVRCP(1.3), PBAP(1.0)
Output 0.05mW Transmission F1E, G1E
No. of
Channels 79 Channels
Bluetooth
Device Name Low-power wireless communication device
(wireless device for radio data communication)
Model Name AV310DMDG
Certification
Number
Certification No. :
KCC-CMM-HMO-AV310DMDG
Company
Name Hyundai Mobis
Manufacturer/
Country Hyundai Mobis/Republic of Korea
KCC Certification
Caution
• The producer and installer cannot provide services related to life safety
as the concerned radio equipment is liable to radio interference.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
DVD ߬ߪਊғ ࢇԃ૯
Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ
0101 Afar 0625 Frisian 1222 Latvian 1912 Slovenian
0101 Abkhazian 0701 Irish 1307 Malagasy 1913 Samoan
0106 Afrikaans 0704 Scots 1309 Maori 1914 Shona
0113 Amharic 0712 Gallegan 1311 Macedonian 1915 Somal
0118 Arabic 0714 Guarani 1312 Malayalam 1917 Albanian
0119 Assamese 0721 Gujarati 1314 Mongolian 1918 Serbian
0125 Aymara 0801 Hausa 1315 Moldavian 1919 Swati
0126 Azerbaijani 0809 Hindi 1318 Marathi 1920 Sesotho
0201 Bashkir 0818 Croatian 1319 Malay 1921 Sundanese
0205 Belarusian 0821 Hungarian 1320 Maltese 1922 Swedish
0207 Bulgarian 0825 Armenian 1325 Burmese 1923 Swahili
0208 Bihari 0901 Interlingua 1401 Nauru 2001 Tamil
0209 Bislama 0905 Interlingue 1405 Nepali 2005 Telugu
0214 Bengali 0911 Inupiak 1412 Dutch 2007 Tajik
0215 Tibetan 0914 Indonesian 1415 Norwegian 2008 Thai
0218 Breton 0919 Icelandic 1503 Occitan 2009 Tigrinya
0301 Catalan 0920 Italian 1513 Oromo 2011 Turkmen
Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ
0315 Corsican 0923 Hebrew 1518 Oriya 2012 Tagalog
0319 Czech 1009 Yiddish 1601 Punjabi 2014 Tswana
0325 Welsh 1001 ࢊق߭ 1612 Polish 2015 Tongo
0401 Danish 1022 Javanese 1619 Pushto 2018 Turkish
0405 ѧࢊ߭ 1101 Georgian 1620 Portuguese 2019 Tsonga
0426 Bhutani 1111 Kazakh 1721 Quechua 2020 Tatar
0512 Greek 1112 Greenlandic 1813 Romance 2023 Twi
0514 ࠒ߭ 1113 Cambodian 1814 Kirundi 2111 Ukrainian
0515 Esperanto 1114 Kannada 1815 Romanian 2118 Urdu
0519 ݛࢉ߭ 1115 ଞ˲߭ 1821 Russian 2126 Uzbek
0520 Estonian 1119 Kashmiri 1823 Kinyarwand
a 2209 Vietnamese
0521 Basque 1121 Kurdish 1901 Sanskrit 2215 Volapuk
0601 Persian 1125 Kirghiz 1904 Sindhi 2315 Wolo
0609 Finnish 1201 Latin 1907 Sangho 2408 Xhosa
0610 Fijian 1214 Lingala 1908 Croatian 2515 Yoruba
0615 Faroese 1215 Laotian 1909 Sinhalese 2608 ࣸ˲߭
0618 Ԋݛ߭ 1220 Lithuanian 1991 Slovak 2621 Zulu
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Before thinking there is a product defect
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• When driving on Y-shaped roads
with narrow angles the current
position may be displayed in the
opposite direction.
• The current position may be
displayed on the opposite side of
the road.
• Within city streets, the current
position may be displayed on the
opposite side or on an off-road
position.
• When changing the zoom level
from maximum to a different level,
the current position may become
displayed on a different road.
• If the vehicle is loaded onto a ferry
or a car transport vehicle, the
current position may become
stalled on the last position prior to
loading.
• When driving on a spiral-shaped
road.
• When driving in mountain regions
with sharp turns or sudden brakes
• When entering a road after passing
an underground parking structure,
building parking structure, or roads
with many rotations.
• When driving in heavy traffic with
frequent go/stops.
• When driving under slippery
conditions, such as heavy sand,
snow, etc.
• When driving on spiral-shaped
roads
• When the tires have recently been
replaced. (Especially upon use of
spare or studless tires)
• When using tires of improper size.
• When the tire pressure for the 4
tires are different.
• When the replacement tire is worn
or used. (Especially studless tires
having passed a 2nd seasons)
• When driving near high-rise
buildings.
• When a roof carrier has been
installed.
• When a long distance route is
calculated while driving on an
expressway. In such cases,
continued driving will automatically
enable the system to conduct map
matching or use updated GPS
information to provide the current
position. (In such cases, up to
several minutes may be required.)
The current position as shown on the navigation may differ from
the actual position under the following conditions.
Correct route guidance may not occur due to search conditions
or driving position.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance to go straight may be
given while driving on a straight
road.
• Guidance may not be given even
when having turned at an
intersection.
• There are certain intersections in
which guidance may not occur.
• A route guidance signaling for a u-
turn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a No-entry zone may occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position that is not the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
The following may occur after conducting route calculation
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance may be given to a
position differing from the current
position when turning at an
intersection.
• When driving in high speeds, route
recalculation may take a longer
period of time.
• Route guidance signaling for a u-
turn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a no enter zone many occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position removed from the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Before thinking the product has malfunctioned
Problem Function
There are small red,
blue, or green dots on
the screen
• Because the LCD is manufactured with
technology requiring high point density, a
pixel deficiency or lighting may occur within
0.01% of total pixels.
The sound or image is
not working
• Has the Switch for the vehicle been turned
to [ACC] or [ON]?
• Has the SYSTEM been turned OFF?
The video is being
displayed but sound is
not working
• Has the volume been set to a low level?
• Has the volume been set on mute?
When the power is
turned on, the corners
of
the screen are dark
• The display looking somewhat darker after
prolonged periods of use is a normal
phenomenon with LCD panels. It is not a
malfunction.
• If the screen is very dark, contact your
nearest HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Sound is working from
only one speaker
• Is the position of FAL/BAL sound controls or
volume adjusted to only one side?
Sound and video does
not work in AUX mode
• re the audio and video connector jacks fully
inserted into the AUX terminal?
The external device is
not working
• Is the external device connected with a
standard connector cable?
1. Errors which occur during the operation or installation of the device
may be mistaken as a malfunction of the actual device.
2. If you are having problems with the device, try the suggestions listed
below.
3. If the problems persist, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Problem Function
Upon turning power on,
the most recent mode
screen is not displayed
Within modes that play files by reading
external sources, such as discs, USB, iPod,
or Bluetooth® streaming mode, the most
recently played mode screen prior to turning
off power may not properly load.
• If there is no disc or the corresponding
device is not connected, the mode operated
prior to the most recent mode will operate.
• If the previous mode still cannot be properly
played, the mode operated prior to that will
operate.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The power
does not turn
on
The fuse is disconnected
• Replace with a suitable fuse.
• If the fuse is disconnected
again, please contact your
point of purchase or service
center
Device is not properly
connected
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
The system
does not
Play
The disc has not been
inserted or has been
inserted upside down
• Insert the disc properly so that
the sides are facing the
correct Direction
The disc has been
Contaminated
• Wipe away dirt and other
foreign substances from the
disc
The vehicle battery is
Low
• Charge the battery. If the
problem persists, contact your
point of purchase or service
center
A disc not supported by
the device has been
Inserted
• Insert a disc which is
supported by the device
̛̛ɼ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷Е ए
ࠇءձ ɼऑ DVDձە
ଜࠑࡸ
•̛̛ࢂ एࠇءЕ “3”ТЬ.
•“3”ӖЕ “ALL”ࢂएࠇءձ
ʉЕ DVDձ یࡈଜݫݤࠝ.
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The image
color/tone
quality is low
The brightness, saturation,
hue, and contrast levels
are not set properly
• Properly adjust the brightness,
saturation, hue, and contrast
levels through Display Setup
ࠒۘࢇ
ݤѸए ߉ࡸ
•ָѦ ࣏ࢸࡶ ɼࢠ ߭҄ʯ
۶ࢽ
•ࠉʼࢇ ࠠծए ߉ࡸ
•ָѦձ ؉ʯ ࣏ࢸଢТЬ.
•ࠉʼۘձ ࢺʦଢТЬ.
Sound does
not work
• The volume level is set
the lowest level.
• The connection is not
proper
• The device is currently
fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• Adjust the volume level
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
• The sound will not work when
the device is fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
The sound or
video quality is
low
• The disc is dirty or
scratched
• Vibration is occurring
from where the
conversion switch has
been installed
• Image color/tone quality
is low
• Wipe off water or dirt from the
DISC. Do not use a disc which
has been scratched
• The sound may be short-
circuited and the image
distorted if the device vibrates.
• The device will return to
normal once vibrations stop
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
ւࢇ
ݤѸए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ւ
ࢇ ૦ଡѸ߭ ए ߉ࡸ
•ւ ߯߭ɼ “OFF”Ի
۶ࢽѸ߭ ࡸ
•ւࡶ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
•ࢢۢଜԮЕ ւ ߯߭Ի ߯
߭ձ ۶ࢽ ଜݫݤࠝ.
ւࢇ
یԂएए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼւ
̛̛ܾ ̛Мࡶ ̖एଜ
ˈࡸ
•ւࡶ ܾ̟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
ࡸ۽ ߯߭ Ӗ
Е
ւ߯߭ɼ
ࢷѸए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ଜΟ
ࢂ ߯߭փ ૦ଡଜˈ
ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ߯߭
ࢷࡶ ̖एଜˈ ࡸ
•DISC߾ Ьࣸ ߯߭Ի ࢵࢠѸ
ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ߾Е ߯߭ձ ࢷ
ଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
•߯߭ձ ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
۴ଞ
ࡸ۽߯߭ ӖЕ
ւ߯߭ձ ی
ࡈ ଟ ܹ߷ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ࢵࢠ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ߯߭ձ ۴
ଜࠑࡸ
•DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ߯߭
Ի ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
ট̛ ۶ࢽ
Я˃߾۰
۴ଞ ࠒۘٸ
ձ یࡈଟܹ
߷ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ࢵࢠ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘٸձ ۴
ଜࠑࡸ
•DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ
ٸԻ ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The USB
does not
work
• USB memory is damaged.
• USB memory has been
contaminated.
• A separately purchased
USB HUB is being used.
• A USB extension cable is
being used.
• A USB which is not a Metal
Cover Type USB Memory is
being used
• An HDD type, CF, SD
Memory is being used.
• There are no music files
which can be played.
• Please use after formatting the
USB into FAT 12/16/32 format.
• Remove any foreign substances
on the contact surface of the USB
memory and multimedia terminal.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Only MP3,WMA file formats are
supported. Please use only the
supported music file formats
The iPod is
not
recognized
even though it
has been
connected
• There are no titles which
can be played.
• The iPod firmware version
has not been properly
updated.
• The iPod device does not
recognize downloads.
• Use iTunes to download and save
MP3 files into the iPod.
• Use iTunes to update the firmware
version and reconnect the iPod
with the device.
• Reset the iPod and reconnect with
the device.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Information
• While operating the device, if an abnormality occurs that cannot be
corrected with the above described measures, press the [RESET] key
to reset the system.
• press and hold the [RESET] key (over 0.8 seconds). The device
power will turn off and the system will reset.
FAQ
About pairing mobile phones
Q I cannot pair my mobile phone. What is the cause?
ACheck to see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth® function. If
your phone is a Bluetooth® phone, then check to see whether the
Bluetooth setting within your phone been is set to ‘Hidden’. If the
device is set to hidden, please un-hide the device (set to unhidden
state).
Q What is the difference between pairing a mobile phone and
connecting a mobile phone?
APairing occurs through authenticating the head unit and mobile
phone. Mobile phones paired to the head unit can be connected and
disconnected until the paired mobile phone is deleted from the
system. Bluetooth® Handsfree features, such as making/answering
calls or managing Contacts, are supported only in mobile phones
connected with the head unit.
Q What is a Passkey?
AA passkey is the password used to authenticate the connection
between the head unit and mobile phone. The passkey only needs to
be entered once when pairing the mobile phone for the first time.
The initial passkey is 0000. The passkey can be changed by
pressing [SETUP] |ȿBluetooth| |ȿAdvanced Settings|
|ȿChange Passkey| menu.
About making/answering phone calls
Q How can I answer a call?
AWhen there is an incoming call, a notification pop-up will become
displayed. To answer the incoming call, press the |Accept| button on
the screen or the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
To reject the call, press the |Reject| button on the screen or press
and hold the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
Q What should I do if I am talking on the Handsfree but want to switch
the call to the mobile phone?
AWhile one a call, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller or press the |ȿPrivate| button at the
bottom of the Phone screen to switch the call to your mobile phone.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
About Bluetooth® / Head unit use environment
Q What is the distance in which wireless connection can be
used?
AThe wireless connection can be used within 15 yards.
Q What does call quality sometimes worsen?
ACheck the reception sensitivity of the mobile phone when call quality
becomes worsened. The call quality may deteriorate when the signal
strength is low. Call quality may also worsen if metal objects, such as drink
cans, are placed near the mobile phone. Check to see if there are metal
objects in the vicinity of the mobile phone. The call sound and quality may
differ depending on the type of mobile phone.
Q How many mobile phones can be paired?
AIt is possible to pair up to five mobile phones.
Appendix
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
9Appendix
• Product Specification
• Before thinking the product has
malfunctioned
• Before thinking there is a product defect
• Troubleshooting
• FAQ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Product Specification
DOLBY
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby
and double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
DTS
Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent No.:
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide
patents issued & pending. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the
Symbol together are registered trademarks & DTS Digital
Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc.
Product includes software.
© DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Screen Size Navigation Device - 17.78cm (152.4 x 91.44mm)
Resolution Navigation Device - 384,000 pixels
(Resolution: 800 x 480)
Operating
Method TFT(Thin Film Transistor) Active Matrix
Viewing
Angle Navigation Device - left/right: 70º, Top: 60º, Bottom 50º
Internal
Lighting LED 14EA, UP/DOWN Assignment
6(6.%&
Channels
FM: 87.5MHz ~ 108.0MHz(Step: 100kHz)
AM: 531kHz ~ 1602kHz(Step: 9kHz)
Sensitivity FM: Under 10dBu /AM: Under 40dBu
Distortion
Factor Within 2% Speakers 2 ~ 8 Ț
Radio
Operating
temperature -30Ȕ~ +85ȔStorage
temperature -40Ȕ~ +105Ȕ
Dimensions 78.7mm(W) x 70.8mm(H) x 153.2mm(L)
Weight 210g
Integrated Antenna
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Name Car TFT LCD Display Navigation Unit
Power
Supply DC 14.4V Operating
Power DC 9V ~ DC 16V
Current
consumption 2.5A Dark Current 2mA (Head Unit
Only)
Operating
Temperatur
e
-20º ~ 70º Storage
Temperature -30Ȕ~ +80Ȕ
Dimensions 221.8mm(W) x 171mm(H) x 225mm(D)
Weight 2.7 Kg
Common
Frequency
Range 2402 ~ 2480 MHz
Supported
Bluetooth
Specification
2.1 + EDR
Supported
Profile Handsfree(1.5), A2DP(1.0), AVRCP(1.3), PBAP(1.0)
Output 0.05mW Transmission F1E, G1E
No. of
Channels 79 Channels
Bluetooth
Device Name Low-power wireless communication device
(wireless device for radio data communication)
Model Name AV310DMDG
Certification
Number
Certification No. :
KCC-CMM-HMO-AV310DMDG
Company
Name Hyundai Mobis
Manufacturer/
Country Hyundai Mobis/Republic of Korea
KCC Certification
Caution
• The producer and installer cannot provide services related to life safety
as the concerned radio equipment is liable to radio interference.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
DVD ߬ߪਊғ ࢇԃ૯
Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ
0101 Afar 0625 Frisian 1222 Latvian 1912 Slovenian
0101 Abkhazian 0701 Irish 1307 Malagasy 1913 Samoan
0106 Afrikaans 0704 Scots 1309 Maori 1914 Shona
0113 Amharic 0712 Gallegan 1311 Macedonian 1915 Somal
0118 Arabic 0714 Guarani 1312 Malayalam 1917 Albanian
0119 Assamese 0721 Gujarati 1314 Mongolian 1918 Serbian
0125 Aymara 0801 Hausa 1315 Moldavian 1919 Swati
0126 Azerbaijani 0809 Hindi 1318 Marathi 1920 Sesotho
0201 Bashkir 0818 Croatian 1319 Malay 1921 Sundanese
0205 Belarusian 0821 Hungarian 1320 Maltese 1922 Swedish
0207 Bulgarian 0825 Armenian 1325 Burmese 1923 Swahili
0208 Bihari 0901 Interlingua 1401 Nauru 2001 Tamil
0209 Bislama 0905 Interlingue 1405 Nepali 2005 Telugu
0214 Bengali 0911 Inupiak 1412 Dutch 2007 Tajik
0215 Tibetan 0914 Indonesian 1415 Norwegian 2008 Thai
0218 Breton 0919 Icelandic 1503 Occitan 2009 Tigrinya
0301 Catalan 0920 Italian 1513 Oromo 2011 Turkmen
Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ Җ ˲ɼ
0315 Corsican 0923 Hebrew 1518 Oriya 2012 Tagalog
0319 Czech 1009 Yiddish 1601 Punjabi 2014 Tswana
0325 Welsh 1001 ࢊق߭ 1612 Polish 2015 Tongo
0401 Danish 1022 Javanese 1619 Pushto 2018 Turkish
0405 ѧࢊ߭ 1101 Georgian 1620 Portuguese 2019 Tsonga
0426 Bhutani 1111 Kazakh 1721 Quechua 2020 Tatar
0512 Greek 1112 Greenlandic 1813 Romance 2023 Twi
0514 ࠒ߭ 1113 Cambodian 1814 Kirundi 2111 Ukrainian
0515 Esperanto 1114 Kannada 1815 Romanian 2118 Urdu
0519 ݛࢉ߭ 1115 ଞ˲߭ 1821 Russian 2126 Uzbek
0520 Estonian 1119 Kashmiri 1823 Kinyarwand
a 2209 Vietnamese
0521 Basque 1121 Kurdish 1901 Sanskrit 2215 Volapuk
0601 Persian 1125 Kirghiz 1904 Sindhi 2315 Wolo
0609 Finnish 1201 Latin 1907 Sangho 2408 Xhosa
0610 Fijian 1214 Lingala 1908 Croatian 2515 Yoruba
0615 Faroese 1215 Laotian 1909 Sinhalese 2608 ࣸ˲߭
0618 Ԋݛ߭ 1220 Lithuanian 1991 Slovak 2621 Zulu
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Before thinking there is a product defect
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• When driving on Y-shaped roads
with narrow angles the current
position may be displayed in the
opposite direction.
• The current position may be
displayed on the opposite side of
the road.
• Within city streets, the current
position may be displayed on the
opposite side or on an off-road
position.
• When changing the zoom level
from maximum to a different level,
the current position may become
displayed on a different road.
• If the vehicle is loaded onto a ferry
or a car transport vehicle, the
current position may become
stalled on the last position prior to
loading.
• When driving on a spiral-shaped
road.
• When driving in mountain regions
with sharp turns or sudden brakes
• When entering a road after passing
an underground parking structure,
building parking structure, or roads
with many rotations.
• When driving in heavy traffic with
frequent go/stops.
• When driving under slippery
conditions, such as heavy sand,
snow, etc.
• When driving on spiral-shaped
roads
• When the tires have recently been
replaced. (Especially upon use of
spare or studless tires)
• When using tires of improper size.
• When the tire pressure for the 4
tires are different.
• When the replacement tire is worn
or used. (Especially studless tires
having passed a 2nd seasons)
• When driving near high-rise
buildings.
• When a roof carrier has been
installed.
• When a long distance route is
calculated while driving on an
expressway. In such cases,
continued driving will automatically
enable the system to conduct map
matching or use updated GPS
information to provide the current
position. (In such cases, up to
several minutes may be required.)
The current position as shown on the navigation may differ from
the actual position under the following conditions.
Correct route guidance may not occur due to search conditions
or driving position.
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance to go straight may be
given while driving on a straight
road.
• Guidance may not be given even
when having turned at an
intersection.
• There are certain intersections in
which guidance may not occur.
• A route guidance signaling for a u-
turn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a No-entry zone may occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position that is not the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
The following may occur after conducting route calculation
The following occurrences are not malfunctions
• Guidance may be given to a
position differing from the current
position when turning at an
intersection.
• When driving in high speeds, route
recalculation may take a longer
period of time.
• Route guidance signaling for a u-
turn may occur in some No u-turn
intersections.
• Route guidance signaling entrance
into a no enter zone many occur.
(No enter zone, road under
construction, etc.)
• Guidance may be given to a
position removed from the actual
destination if roads to reach the
actual destination do not exist or
are too narrow.
• Faulty voice guidance may be given
if the vehicle breaks away from the
designated route. (ex: if a turn is
made at an intersection while the
navigation provided guidance to go
straight)
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Before thinking the product has malfunctioned
Problem Function
There are small red,
blue, or green dots on
the screen
• Because the LCD is manufactured with
technology requiring high point density, a
pixel deficiency or lighting may occur within
0.01% of total pixels.
The sound or image is
not working
• Has the Switch for the vehicle been turned
to [ACC] or [ON]?
• Has the SYSTEM been turned OFF?
The video is being
displayed but sound is
not working
• Has the volume been set to a low level?
• Has the volume been set on mute?
When the power is
turned on, the corners
of
the screen are dark
• The display looking somewhat darker after
prolonged periods of use is a normal
phenomenon with LCD panels. It is not a
malfunction.
• If the screen is very dark, contact your
nearest HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Sound is working from
only one speaker
• Is the position of FAL/BAL sound controls or
volume adjusted to only one side?
Sound and video does
not work in AUX mode
• re the audio and video connector jacks fully
inserted into the AUX terminal?
The external device is
not working
• Is the external device connected with a
standard connector cable?
1. Errors which occur during the operation or installation of the device
may be mistaken as a malfunction of the actual device.
2. If you are having problems with the device, try the suggestions listed
below.
3. If the problems persist, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.
Problem Function
Upon turning power on,
the most recent mode
screen is not displayed
Within modes that play files by reading
external sources, such as discs, USB, iPod,
or Bluetooth® streaming mode, the most
recently played mode screen prior to turning
off power may not properly load.
• If there is no disc or the corresponding
device is not connected, the mode operated
prior to the most recent mode will operate.
• If the previous mode still cannot be properly
played, the mode operated prior to that will
operate.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The power
does not turn
on
The fuse is disconnected
• Replace with a suitable fuse.
• If the fuse is disconnected
again, please contact your
point of purchase or service
center
Device is not properly
connected
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
The system
does not
Play
The disc has not been
inserted or has been
inserted upside down
• Insert the disc properly so that
the sides are facing the
correct Direction
The disc has been
Contaminated
• Wipe away dirt and other
foreign substances from the
disc
The vehicle battery is
Low
• Charge the battery. If the
problem persists, contact your
point of purchase or service
center
A disc not supported by
the device has been
Inserted
• Insert a disc which is
supported by the device
̛̛ɼ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷Е ए
ࠇءձ ɼऑ DVDձە
ଜࠑࡸ
•̛̛ࢂ एࠇءЕ “3”ТЬ.
•“3”ӖЕ “ALL”ࢂएࠇءձ
ʉЕ DVDձ یࡈଜݫݤࠝ.
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The image
color/tone
quality is low
The brightness, saturation,
hue, and contrast levels
are not set properly
• Properly adjust the brightness,
saturation, hue, and contrast
levels through Display Setup
ࠒۘࢇ
ݤѸए ߉ࡸ
•ָѦ ࣏ࢸࡶ ɼࢠ ߭҄ʯ
۶ࢽ
•ࠉʼࢇ ࠠծए ߉ࡸ
•ָѦձ ؉ʯ ࣏ࢸଢТЬ.
•ࠉʼۘձ ࢺʦଢТЬ.
Sound does
not work
• The volume level is set
the lowest level.
• The connection is not
proper
• The device is currently
fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
• Adjust the volume level
• Check to see that the device
has been properly connected
• The sound will not work when
the device is fast-forwarding,
rewinding, scanning, or
playing in slow mode
The sound or
video quality is
low
• The disc is dirty or
scratched
• Vibration is occurring
from where the
conversion switch has
been installed
• Image color/tone quality
is low
• Wipe off water or dirt from the
DISC. Do not use a disc which
has been scratched
• The sound may be short-
circuited and the image
distorted if the device vibrates.
• The device will return to
normal once vibrations stop
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
ւࢇ
ݤѸए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ւ
ࢇ ૦ଡѸ߭ ए ߉ࡸ
•ւ ߯߭ɼ “OFF”Ի
۶ࢽѸ߭ ࡸ
•ւࡶ ࢢۢଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
•ࢢۢଜԮЕ ւ ߯߭Ի ߯
߭ձ ۶ࢽ ଜݫݤࠝ.
ւࢇ
یԂएए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼւ
̛̛ܾ ̛Мࡶ ̖एଜ
ˈࡸ
•ւࡶ ܾ̟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
ࡸ۽ ߯߭ Ӗ
Е
ւ߯߭ɼ
ࢷѸए ߉ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ଜΟ
ࢂ ߯߭փ ૦ଡଜˈ
ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVDɼ߯߭
ࢷࡶ ̖एଜˈ ࡸ
•DISC߾ Ьࣸ ߯߭Ի ࢵࢠѸ
ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ߾Е ߯߭ձ ࢷ
ଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
•߯߭ձ ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
۴ଞ
ࡸ۽߯߭ ӖЕ
ւ߯߭ձ ی
ࡈ ଟ ܹ߷ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ࢵࢠ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ߯߭ձ ۴
ଜࠑࡸ
•DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ߯߭
Ի ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
ট̛ ۶ࢽ
Я˃߾۰
۴ଞ ࠒۘٸ
ձ یࡈଟܹ
߷ࡸ
•ࢢۢࣸࢉ DVD߾ࢵࢠ
Ѹए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘٸձ ۴
ଜࠑࡸ
•DISC߾ ࢵࢠѸए ߉ࡵ ࠒۘ
ٸԻ ࢷଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ.
Problem Possible Cause Countermeasure
The USB
does not
work
• USB memory is damaged.
• USB memory has been
contaminated.
• A separately purchased
USB HUB is being used.
• A USB extension cable is
being used.
• A USB which is not a Metal
Cover Type USB Memory is
being used
• An HDD type, CF, SD
Memory is being used.
• There are no music files
which can be played.
• Please use after formatting the
USB into FAT 12/16/32 format.
• Remove any foreign substances
on the contact surface of the USB
memory and multimedia terminal.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Directly connect the USB memory
with the multimedia terminal on
the vehicle.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Use standard USB Memory.
• Only MP3,WMA file formats are
supported. Please use only the
supported music file formats
The iPod is
not
recognized
even though it
has been
connected
• There are no titles which
can be played.
• The iPod firmware version
has not been properly
updated.
• The iPod device does not
recognize downloads.
• Use iTunes to download and save
MP3 files into the iPod.
• Use iTunes to update the firmware
version and reconnect the iPod
with the device.
• Reset the iPod and reconnect with
the device.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
Appendix
Information
• While operating the device, if an abnormality occurs that cannot be
corrected with the above described measures, press the [RESET] key
to reset the system.
• press and hold the [RESET] key (over 0.8 seconds). The device
power will turn off and the system will reset.
FAQ
About pairing mobile phones
Q I cannot pair my mobile phone. What is the cause?
ACheck to see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth® function. If
your phone is a Bluetooth® phone, then check to see whether the
Bluetooth setting within your phone been is set to ‘Hidden’. If the
device is set to hidden, please un-hide the device (set to unhidden
state).
Q What is the difference between pairing a mobile phone and
connecting a mobile phone?
APairing occurs through authenticating the head unit and mobile
phone. Mobile phones paired to the head unit can be connected and
disconnected until the paired mobile phone is deleted from the
system. Bluetooth® Handsfree features, such as making/answering
calls or managing Contacts, are supported only in mobile phones
connected with the head unit.
Q What is a Passkey?
AA passkey is the password used to authenticate the connection
between the head unit and mobile phone. The passkey only needs to
be entered once when pairing the mobile phone for the first time.
The initial passkey is 0000. The passkey can be changed by
pressing [SETUP] |ȿBluetooth| |ȿAdvanced Settings|
|ȿChange Passkey| menu.
About making/answering phone calls
Q How can I answer a call?
AWhen there is an incoming call, a notification pop-up will become
displayed. To answer the incoming call, press the |Accept| button on
the screen or the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
To reject the call, press the |Reject| button on the screen or press
and hold the [೨] key on the steering remote controller.
Q What should I do if I am talking on the Handsfree but want to switch
the call to the mobile phone?
AWhile one a call, press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller or press the |ȿPrivate| button at the
bottom of the Phone screen to switch the call to your mobile phone.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
About Bluetooth® / Head unit use environment
Q What is the distance in which wireless connection can be
used?
AThe wireless connection can be used within 15 yards.
Q What does call quality sometimes worsen?
ACheck the reception sensitivity of the mobile phone when call quality
becomes worsened. The call quality may deteriorate when the signal
strength is low. Call quality may also worsen if metal objects, such as drink
cans, are placed near the mobile phone. Check to see if there are metal
objects in the vicinity of the mobile phone. The call sound and quality may
differ depending on the type of mobile phone.
Q How many mobile phones can be paired?
AIt is possible to pair up to five mobile phones.
Appendix
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
(Confidential) / 1 / / 10.230.25.192 / 2012-04-02 09:02 / .㞬⽸ⱬ㉐ 䜸⯜⽸㏘ 䐤㉘᷸ 䐴 Ḱ㣙 㣙ὤ䚐 ⸬ ⱬ㉐⏈ ⸨㙼ⱬ㉐⦐㉐ 㞬⺴ ⵌ㻐㡸 Ἴ䚝⏼␘
8Setup
•Setup
• Using Setup
Basic Mode Screen
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
10
14
11
15
12
1
13
9
Setup
Name Description
Sound Sets sound related settings
Display Sets display related settings
HD Radio Sets HD Radio related settings
Bluetooth® Sets Bluetooth® related settings
Navigation Sets various settings found within Navigation
mode
Edit My Places Set/Edit My Places within Navigation Mode
Traffic Sets Traffic Information related settings
Voice
Recognition Sets voice recognition related settings
Clock Sets current time and clock display
Picture Frame Sets screen displayed when device is turned
off
Keyboard Sets the keyboard type
Language Sets language for use within the device
System
Update
Checks system software version and receive
updates
Display Off Turn device display on/off
(The device power will not be turned off)
Close Close Setup menu screen
9
13
14
15
12
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Starting Mode
Use the |ɀ|, |Ɂ|, |ೞ|, || buttons to move
the cursor on the control screen to the
desired position.
Press |Default| to restore sound to the
center position.
Press the [SETUP] key to can check and
change the settings for all features found
within the Navigation system.
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿSound|
Sound
Setting Balance/Fader
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Fader/Balance| Set and press |Done|
Use the |ೞ|or|| buttons to adjust the
Bass/Mid/Treble settings.
Setting Bass/Mid/Treble
Information
The Balance/Fader settings allows you to set
the sound position. For example, you can set
the sound close to the driver-seat so that the
volume is relatively lower in the passenger or
rear seats.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Bass/Mid/Treble| Set and press |Done|
• Press the |Default| button to restore the
Bass/Mid/Treble to the center position.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Name Description
Navigation
Priority
Navigation guidance is
output louder than audio
Volume
Audio
Priority
Audio volume is output
louder than the navigation
guidance.
Same
Ratio
Audio volume and
navigation guidance are
output in identical volume
Setting Volume Ratio
Using Setup
These options are used to set the volume
ratio by selecting from Navigation Priority/
Audio Priority/Same Ratio.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Volume Ratio| Set and press |Done|
• The rear seat speaker will maintain its audio
volume regardless of which volume ratio is
selected.
The volume level is controlled automatically
according to the vehicle speed.
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|Advanced|Turn the feature |On|
Set and press |Done|
Setting Beep
Press the |ȿSound| button Press
|̰Beep| Set and press |Done|
Each press of this button turns the BEEP
tone on/off.
• When the light on the left side of the button is
turned on, this indicates that the BEEP tone is
active. Press the |ȿBeep| button again to turn
off the BEEP tone.
1
1
2
3
2
3
Speed Dependent Volume Control
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Information
Press the |ȿDisplay| button Press |Adjust
Screen| Set and press |Done|
Display
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿDisplay|
Adjusting Screen
Use the|ೞ|or|| buttons to adjust the
display brightness and color.
Press the |ȿDisplay| button Press
|Illumination|
Setting Illumination
1
2
3
When set to Automatic, the screen brightness
and color will automatically be adjusted
according to the surrounding brightness.
Name Description
Automatic
Adjusts the brightness
automatically according to
surrounding brightness
Daylight Always maintains the
brightness on high
Night Always maintains the
brightness on low
1
2
3
HD Radio
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿHD Radio|
Name Description
FM-HD
Radio
Used to set FM-HD Radio
On/Off
AM-HD
Radio
Used to set AM-HD Radio
On/Off
These settings are used to set whether to
turn HD Radio On/Off.
1
2
1
2
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Using Setup
Bluetooth®
These menus allow you to set Bluetooth®
related features.
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|̰Bluetooth|
1
2
3
4
5
Name Description
Auto
Connection
Settings
Sets Bluetooth® device auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on between the vehicle
and Bluetooth® devices
Contacts
Sync Setting
Automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and
call histories to the car upon
connecting Bluetooth®
Contacts
Download
Setting
Sets which Contacts to
download from between
Mobile or SIM contacts
Streaming
Audio Setting
Sets whether to use the
streaming audio feature
Advanced
Settings
Sets Bluetooth related settings,
including Change Passkey,
Change Device Information,
Delete Favorites, Delete Call
History and Restore Factory
Settings
1
2
3
4
5
Auto Connection Settings
1
2
3
4
Name Description
Disable Auto
Connection Disables auto connection
Previously
Connected
Phone
Automatically connects
the previously connected
Bluetooth® device
User Selected
Phone
Automatically connects to
the set Bluetooth® device
Connect by
Priority
Automatically connects
according
to the set Bluetooth®
phone priority
1
2
3
4
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you want to connect or set the phone priority.
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿContacts
Sync Setting| Set and press |Done|
This feature automatically downloads the
mobile phone contacts and call histories
to the car upon Bluetooth® connection.
If you do not wish to use Contacts Sync,
turn the feature off.
Contacts Sync Setting
• This feature may not be supported in some
Bluetooth® devices.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press |̰Bluetooth| button Press |Auto
Connections Settings| Set and press
|Done|
If auto connection is turned on, a Bluetooth®
device will automatically be connected
according to the option setting when the car
ignition is turned on.
Information
Information
Name Description
Mobile
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in your mobile phone
SIM
Contacts
Download contacts saved
in SIM
You can select the contacts you wish to
download.
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿStreaming
Audio Setting| |Done|
When streaming audio is turned On, you
can play music files saved in your
Bluetooth® device from the car.
Contacts Download Setting
Using Setup
Streaming Audio Setting
Advanced Settings
1
2
3
4
5
1 2
1
2
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings|
Name Description
Change
Passkey
Changes the passkey
used to authenticate
Bluetooth® Device
Device
Information
Searches car Bluetooth®
device information and
change device name
Delete All
Favorites
Deletes all favorites of
connected Bluetooth®
Device
Delete All
Call
History
Deletes all call history of
connected Bluetooth®
Device
Restore
Factory
Settings
Restores Bluetooth®
factory state settings
1
2
3
4
5
Press |̰Bluetooth| Press|ȿContacts
Download Setting| Set and press |Done|
• This feature may not be supported in some
Bluetooth® devices
• When the mobile phone contacts and SIM
contacts are both selected, the mobile phone
contacts will be downloaded first.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Advanced Settings allow you to control
additional Bluetooth® related settings. For
safety, first park the vehicle in a safe
location to operate these features.
Information
Information
This feature is used to change the passkey
required to connect a Bluetooth® device
to the car.
Change Passkey
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDevice Information|
This feature allows you to check device
information.
Device Information
This feature allows you to delete all
Favorites saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected Bluetooth device.
Delete All Favorites
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press|ȿChange Passkey|
Set and press |Done|
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDelete All Favorites|
•Press the |Change Name| button to change
the name of the device.
• The default car name is set to Santa Fe.
• The device name and address shown in the
above is only an example. Check your device
for the actual device information.
• The default passkey is 0000.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
• If there are no Favorites or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ȼDelete All
Favorites| button will be disabled.
Information
Information Information
Navigation
Main
Using Setup
1
2
3
4
5
6
Delete All Call History Restore Factory Settings
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press|ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿDelete All Call History|
Press |ȿBluetooth| Press |ȿAdvanced
Settings| Press |ȿRestore Factory
Settings|
Press the [SETUP] keyPress
|ȿNavigation|
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Main| Set and press |Done|
This feature allows you to delete all call
histories saved in the Car Handsfree for the
currently connected device.
Turning on this feature will erase all paired
phones and allows you to restore
Bluetooth® related settings and data to the
default factory settings.
• If there are no call histories or a Bluetooth®
device is not connected, the |ȼDelete All Call
History| button will be disabled. • The |̰Restore Factory Settings| feature
cannot be used when a Bluetooth® device is
connected. To use this feature, first disconnect
the Bluetooth® device.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Information
Name Description
Unit Sets whether to display
distance as km/mi
Estimated
Time of
Set whether to display
estimated time of arrival
or travel on the route info
display screen
Distance
and
Time to
Set whether to display
distance and time to
destination or to waypoint on
the route info display screen
Display
Previous
Destinations
upon Start-
up
Set whether to display the
previous destinations popup
upon starting system
Driving
Speed
Setting
Set basic info to calculate
estimated arrival time to
destination or waypoint
Auto Search
when fuel
gauge
reads low
Automatically search for gas
stations when fuel gauge
reads low
This menu is used to set general navigation
options.
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Driving Speed Setting The changed driving speed is used to
calculate the estimated time until the
destination or waypoint.
Press the |Default| button to reset the driving
speed settings
• Default Driving Speed Settings for Residential,
Main Streets, and Expressways are 20mph,
35mph, and 60mph, respectively.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the |Edit| button within the “Driving
Speed Setting” menu to set the estimated
driving speed for residential roads, main
streets, and expressways. The set driving
speed is applied to calculate the estimated
time to reach the destination or waypoint.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Information
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Display| Set and press |Done|
Display
Using Setup
• When you have finished with the settings,
press the |Done| button to save changes.
Press the |ȿEdit| button within the |Route
Indicator Line| menu to change the color
of the route indicator line.
Route Indicator Line
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Route Search| Set and press |Done|
Route Search
This menu is used to set route search
related options.
0COG &GUETKRVKQP
Use
Alternative
Route Search
Set whether to first
display alternative routes
upon conducting route
search
Display Route
Options after
Re-calculation
Set whether to display
the pop-up screen that
allows changes to route
options upon route
recalculation
1
2
1
2
This menu is used to set the color of the
Route Indicator line displayed when
receiving route guidance.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information
Guidance
This menu is used to set options on
speed alerts and driver alerts.
Using Setup
1
2
Name Description
Speed Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
various camera alerts
Driver Alert
Guidance
Set options related to
speed bumps, curves,
and merges
1
2
To change the |Speed Alert Guidance|
option, press the |Edit| button within the
“Speed Alert Guidance” menu.
Speed Alert Guidance
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press the
desired |Guidance| Set and press |Done|
Name Description
Guidance
Setup
Sets Alarm sound for
speed alerts/ over
speeding and speed
guidance when volume
is muted.
Distance
Setup
Sets camera guidance
alarm distance
1
2
1
2
• Distance can be set in 0.06mi units.
To initialize settings, press the |Default| button.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Information
Press the |ȿNavigation| button Press
|Default Set and press |Done|
Default
This menu is used to reset saved changes
and user preferences.
Name Description
Initialize
Settings
Resets all settings back
to the default state
Memory
Points
Resets all saved memory
point information
1
2
• If the settings of an option are reset, then all
settings will be restored to the default factory
state.
• Heed caution as Home, Office and other user
locations may become deleted.
To set the Driver Alert Guidance, option,
press the |Edit| button within the “Driver Alert
Guidance” menu.
Driver Alert Guidance
• Alerts provided within Driver Alert Guidance
may differ depending on actual road conditions.
1
2
My Places
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|My Place| Set and press |Done|
My Places
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿEdit My
Places|
1
2
3
4
5
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Information Information
From the My Places list, select the desired
menu to either add, delete or edit My Places.
• By default, names of folders have been set as
“Group”.
Favorite Places
A total of 4 Favorite Places can be saved.
Favorite Places can be selected at the
bottom of the Destination Search main
screen.
Using Setup
Name Description
Store
current
Position
Add the current vehicle
position as a My Place
Add My
Places
Add a My Place by using
search functions
Edit My
Places
Edit information pertaining
to saved My Places, such
as name, location, and
telephone number
Delete
selected
My
Places
Delete one or all saved My
Places
Edit
Group
name
Edit name of corresponding
group
1
2
3
4
5
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Favorite Places| Set and press |Done|
1
2
3
4
If Favorite Places have not been added, the
|Edit Favorite Place| and |Delete Favorite
Place| buttons will be disabled.
Name Description
Store
current
Position
Adds the current vehicle
position as a Favorite
Place
Add
Favorite
Place
Add a Favorite Place by
using search functions
Edit
Favorite
Place
Edit information pertaining
to saved Favorite Places,
such as name, location,
and telephone number
Delete
Favorite
Place
Delete one or all saved
Favorite Places
1
2
3
4
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
Information
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Home| or |Office|
Home, Office
One Home and Office can each be saved.
The set Home and Office positions can be
selected at the bottom of the Destination
Search main screen.
• If the Home and Office has not been set,
these buttons will be displayed as disabled
within the Destination Search screen.
Press the |ȿEdit My Places| button Press
|Speed Alerts| Set and press |Done|
Speed Alerts
|ҟԼ֩Ԃ|खִ߾۰ |ָঢ়|, |ࡢ|ҟ
ࢂ खࢇ ɼМଜֲ ࢿଞܖѦ ֩Ԃࢂ ࣗ
զ۶ࢽ, खࡶ ଟ ܹ ݡТЬ.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
М
ઝ
Information
Traffic Setup
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿTraffic
Setup |
Using Setup
0COG &GUETKRVKQP
Data Radio
ID
Check information on XM
traffic data service
activation and activation ID
Display
Traffic and
Flow Data
on Map
Sets whether to display
real-time traffic information
on map
Voice
Prompt for
Traffic and
Flow
Warning
Sets whether to receive
voice prompts for real-time
traffic information and
conditions
Provide
Re-Routing
Options
Sets whether to use re-
routing options by reflecting
traffic conditions
1
2
3
This menu is used to set options related to
traffic and flow data, voice prompts, and re-
routing options based on traffic conditions.
4
1
2
3
4• XM Traffic Data service requires a separate
subscription. To subscribe to this service,
please contact the number displayed on the
screen.
Voice Recognition Settings
1
2
&GUETKRVKQP
Normal
When using voice
recognition, provides
detailed prompts and is
suited for beginner users
Expert
When using voice
recognition, omits certain
prompts and is suited for
experienced users
1
2
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿVoice
Recognition Set and press |Done|
This menu is used to set voice recognition
mode between Normal and Expert mode.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Information
Clock Settings
Press |Time| Set and press |Done|
Clock Setting
This menu is used to set the time used
within the Navigation system.
1
2
3
Name Description
GPS Time Displays time according to
the received GPS time
Daylight
Saving Time
Turns on/off daylight saving
time feature
Time Format
Converts the time system
shown when within digital
clock between 12 hour / 24
hours
1
2
3
Press the [SETUP] key Press |̰Clock| • When Daylight Savings Time is turned on, the
clock is moved back one hour.
View
This menu is used to set the clock type
and date display within the Navigation
system.
Caution
• The time may not be properly displayed if the
GPS time is not connected
Picture Frame
This menu is used to select the screen
displayed when the system power is turned
off
1
2
1 2 3
Press |ȿClock| Press |View| Set and
press |Done|
Name Description
Clock
Type
Changes Clock Type (Digital/
Analog)
Date
Display
Sets whether to display date
within Clock screen
1
2
Name Description
Clock
Displays the clock on the
screen when the system power
is turned off
Image Displays an image when the
system power is turned off.
No Image No image is displayed when the
system power is turned off
1
2
3
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿPicture
Frame| Set and Press |Done|
• When the picture frame is set to “Image',
images saved within a USB can be as the
picture frame by pressing the |Browse| button.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Information
Keyboard
This option allows you to change the type
of keyboard used within the system.
1
2
Name Description
ABC Keyboard with characters
arranged in order
QWERTY Keyboard similar to the one
used within a computer
1
2
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿKeyboard| Set and press |Done|
• The set keyboard will be applied to all input
modes across the entire system.
Language
This menu is used to set the language of the
system display and voice language. You can
select the desired language from English,
French, Spanish and Korean.
Press the |ȿLanguage| Set and Press
|Done|
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Using Setup
Information
System Update
After inserting the SD card with the update
file, press OK to start the update.
Once updating is complete, the system
will automatically restart.
Using Setup
Press the [SETUP] key Press
|ȿSystem Update| Press |Update|
|OK|
• This product requires regular updates for
software corrections, new functions and map
updates. Updating may require up to 1 hour
depending on the data size.
• Turning off the power or ejecting the SD card
during the update process may result in data
loss. Make sure to keep the ignition on and
wait until updating is complete.
• Map and software updates can be
downloaded from the designated website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com) and updated
through the SD card.
Caution
• Please use only the SD card that was included
with the vehicle purchase.
• The use of a separately purchased SD card
may result in damage due to heat related
deformation.
• Product malfunctions caused by the use of
separately purchased SD cards shall not be
covered within the product warranty.
• Repeatedly connecting/disconnecting the SD
card in a short period of time may cause damage
to the device.
Display Off
Press the |ȿDisplay Off| button to turn off
the display. Touch anywhere on the touch
screen to turn the display back on.
Press the [SETUP] key Press |ȿDisplay
Off|
• This feature is used to listen to only sound
and can be very helpful in preventing glare
from the screen when driving at night.
• Even when the display is off, sound will be
played.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
Information
Information
7Other
Features
• Climate Mode
•PGS
Climate Mode
Information
• When operating the Multimedia or Navigation
mode, press a Climate related key, such as
[TEMP], [AUTO], [A/C] to display the Climate
status bar at the top of screen.
Operating Climate Mode
Press the [CLIMATE] key to display the
Climate status bar.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Basic Mode Screen
Name Description
Driver-side
temperature Displays the driver-side temperature
AUTO Display Displays whether the heating/cooling auto
function is on/off
A/C Display Displays whether the a/c is on/off
Fan level Display Displays the current fan level
Fan Direction
Display Displays the set fan direction
DUAL Display Enables the driver/passenger temperature to
be set independently
Passenger-side
temperature Displays the passenger-side temperature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
12 3 4
5
6 7
12 3 4 5 6 7
Climate Mode
Controlling driver/passenger
temperature independently
Information
• The cabin temperature can be adjusted in
0.5Ȕunits within a range of 17.5Ȕ~ 31.5Ȕ.
• The temperature will be displayed as LOW
once it is adjusted below 17.5Ȕand HIGH
once it is adjusted above 31.5Ȕ.
Basic Operation
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting off.
Controlling driver/passenger
Temperature simultaneously
When DUAL is disabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures are
controlled simultaneously.
Press the [DUAL] key to turn the DUAL
setting back on.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Setting Fan Direction
Information
• When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH.
When DUAL has been enabled, the driver-side
and passenger-side temperatures can be
controlled independently.
Press the fan keys to change the fan
direction.
Information
When setting the driver-side temperature
with DUAL on, the DUAL button will turn OFF if
the driver-side temperature is set to LOW or
HIGH
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Climate Mode
Setting Fan Level
Press the [ȿܞԛ ࣏ࢸ|key to change the
fan level.
Information
If the fan level is changed while in [AUTO]
mode, AUTO mode will turn off.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
PGS (Parking Guide System)
Operating sequence of the PGS
1. Position the ignition key in ACC or ON.
2. Position the transmission lever to R.
3. The PGS mode will be displayed on the
screen.
About PGS (Parking Guide
System)
• PGS System is a system which provides
monitored parking guidance.
• The PGS will operate automatically when
the ignition Key is turned ON and the
transmission level is set to Reverse. The
PGS will automatically stop operating when
the transmission shift lever is set outside of
reverse.
•The PGS(Parking Guide System)is an
optional feature
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
Information
Guidance track is as follows:
• Red line -1.64 feet from the rear bumper
• Yellow line – 3.28 feet from the rear bumper.
• Blue line – 9.84 feet from the rear bumper.
• Red line – Track following left side driver side
wheel
• Yellow line – Track following right side
passenger side wheel
Information
6
•XM Data
• Blue Link
• GPS Information
•Help
XM Data
About GPS
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
About XM Data Service
The XM Data Service is a paid membership
Satellite radio service which provides users
with traffic, stock, sports, and weather
information.
However, weather information is not
supported for vehicles purchased in Canada.
[Weather] ফ̒ 3ࢊɾࢂΤࢽؿݤ
[More]؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Traffic] ѦԻ ۘࢂ ࡪˈࢽؿ ݤ[More] ؟ટࡶ
ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Stocks]
Favorite StocksԻ एࢽѹ 3ʎ ࣯ݥּࣗ
ࢽؿ ݤ
[More] ؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Sports]
My TeamsԻ एࢽѹ 2ʎય߾оଞࢽؿ
ݤ
[More]؟ટࡶ ଜࠆ ۘۿ ࢽؿ ࢉ
Weather Data Service
The Weather Service is a service which
provides weather information updated ever 5
minutes for your region.
The Weather Service includes Tabular
Weather, Graphical Weather, Warnings and
Advisories Services.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Weather : More]
Provides current weather information and
weather information for the coming next
three days for your region.
To change the region, press the |Other City|
button and select the desired region.
Forecast
This service provides weather information,
such as Cloud, Fog, Rain, Snow, and Road
Conditions on the Navigation map as
symbols.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
Map
This service provides weather warnings and
advisories, such as Tornado, Storm, Flood,
etc. as symbols on the Navigation map.
Details can be viewed on specific regions by
using the zoom in and zoom out features.
Warnings and Advisories
XM Data
Traffic Data Service
• Automatic route recalculation (guidance)
according to changes in traffic conditions.
• Provides short-cuts for initially searched
routes.
• Displays increased detour distance and
estimated driving times.
• Displays icons by each traffic situation on
the map.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Traffic : More]
1.Route calculation by incorporating
actual road traffic conditions
Incorporation of traffic information to route
calculations is a user option which can be
turned on or off by the user.
2.Displays Road Traffic situations
RTM (Road Traffic Message) is a feature
which displays symbols of icons for each
type of road traffic condition, such as
locations under construction, accidents,
basic weather, and others on map locations
based on Traffic information provided by XM.
3.Avoidance of locations where traffic
situations have occurred.
If a traffic situation occurs somewhere along
the route, the route is recalculated to avoid
such locations and an avoidance
recalculation popup will be displayed.
4.Displays Traffic Event List
A list providing details on accidents and an
icon which will display the accident location
are displayed. The user can view details by
pressing on the list or move the map to the
accident location by pressing on the
accident icons.
Traffic Stocks Service
XM Stock data Service is a service which
provides real-time updated information on
the NYSE, NASDAQ, and AMEX
(approximately 11,000 symbols)
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Stock : More]
XM Data
Stocks
Stocks is a feature that shows the current
value and change of stocks.
For symbols which you are interested in,
press the <Favorites> icon to save the
symbol as a part of <My Favorite>. Saved
symbols can be viewed from the My
Favorites button on the Stock Main screen.
Stock Search
Use the Stock Search menu to search for
specific stocks.
My Favorites
My Favorites shows list of stocks added by
the user.
XM Data
When GPS info cannot be used
The service provides real-time updated
information on scores and schedules for
major sports, such as NFL, NBA, NCAA
Football, NCAA basketball, NHL, MLB,
NASCAR and more.
Press the [INFO] key Press |XM Data|
Press [Sports : More]
My Teams
You can save teams which you are
interested in as part of <My teams> to easily
view related scores and schedules.
XM Data
Blue Link
Press the [INFO] key Press |Blue Link|
Blue Link ۭٵݘ ࢄࡅ ݡ ࣬ࡿ ۉଡ
Blue Link ۰ٸݛ߾ ɼѸ߭ ए ߉ࡵ ˁࡉ,
ECO Drivingࢽؿ ࣏ୣ, Blue Link System ࢽ
ؿ ࢉ ̛Мփ ࢿ˓ ѼТЬ.
[Downloade
d POI]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POI ࢽؿ ࢉ
[ECO
Driving]
८ԛ ࠉٸ ̐Ԏ ˁࢿ ࡋࢷ ࢽؿձ
ࢉ
[system
Info]
Blue Link ݤݛ੬ ࢽؿ ࢉ ߶іࢇ
ઝ
[Gas
Station]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Gas Station ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Restaurant
s]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ Restaurants ࢽؿ ࢉ
[Location
Sharing]
Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ӖЕ ࡠیࢇઝձ ଜࠆ
˓ࡪѹ ˱ࢂ ࡢ ࢽؿ ࢉ
Blue Link ߄ࢴ ؼ߄ ۭٵݘ
Auto Crash Notification
८ԛ یˈԻ ࢉଜࠆ ߾߭ؒࢇ Ѱଟ ˁࡉ ୃ
ࢢ ࡢࠪ ˈʏЧࢂ ࢽؿձ ݦܖଜʯ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Ի ࢷܞଞ ୯ ̝̗˱ ࢷɼ ࠉʼ
ѼТЬ.
̝̗ ˱ ࢷɼ ࠉʼѸִ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࢇ ୃ
ࢢ ۘଢ଼߾ Ҭհ ࢶࢸଞ ࣏ձ ীଜʯ Ѹֲ
Ѱݤ߾ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ ଭѰ ࣏ձ ۶ָଢ
ТЬ.
Blue Link
SOS
[SOS] ੁձ ଜࠆ ̝̗ ˱ ۰ٸݛձ ࡁঐ
ଟܹݡТЬ. SOS۰ٸݛɼ ࡁঐѸִ ८ԛ
ࢽؿ ୃࢢ ࡢ ࢽؿɼ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼Ի
ࢷܞ Ѹֲ ߇ࢷ ۘжࡕ˕ࢂ ɼ ࠉʼѼТ
Ь.
߇ࢷ ۘжࡕࡵ ̝̗ ˱ ࡁࡕࢇ ୃࢠ߾ Ѧ९
ଟ Ҷ̧ए ձ ࡪएଜֲ ˈʏЧ͉ ࢶࢸଞ
ଭѰ ࣏ձ ۶ָଢТЬ.
५Ԙ ѣΟ ،ऌ ۭٵݘ
८ԛ Ѧ߾ оଞ ۘଢ଼ࢇ ʃएѹ ˁࡉ, Ѧ
ࢽؿЕ ईݤ ˗ଟ ˁॲ۰Ի ࢷܞѸֲ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Е ˗ଟ ˁॲࢇ Ѧѹ ८ԛࡶ ݦܖ
ଜʯ ܹؑ ୣܹଟ ܹ ѦԼ ˗ ࢽؿձ
एࡕ ଢТЬ.
८ԛ Ѧࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗ ئթ߾ ̒ʠଜࠆ
ଥк ८ԛࢂ ݤѰࡶ ८ЯଢТЬ.
८ԛ ݤѰ ̖एЕ ୃࢢ ८ԛࢂ ݤѰࢇ ̿ࣇ
Е ۘଢ଼߾۰ Ѱଜֲ, ८ԛࢇ ࢇѰ ࣸࢉ
ˁࡉ߾Е ८ԛࢇ ֣শ ୯ ݤѰࢇ ̿ऑ ୯߾
ࢢݤѰ ݤ ८Я ѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ݡѭ ̓ऌ
८ԛ ࣯ଭ ࣸ Ѧࢇ ʃएѸִ ˗ ئթ߾
̒ʠଜࠆ ଥк ८ԛࢂ ܖѦձ ߇ࢷܖѦ̧ए
ঊঊ ʃܕݤТЬ. ࢇҶ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ˁˈ
֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
५Ԙ ܓѣ ʀܒ
Blue Link
ࢺؼ ۭٵݘ
Blue Link ۾ਜ਼ծ ଛ POI ࢺؼ Щࡈ
Ըғ
1. Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link ܁ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ.
Blue Link POI
Օײԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄײऌ
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
2. ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ࢂ ࡸ۽ࢉݥࡶ ଜ
ࠆPOI ࢽؿձ ࡁঐ
3. ࡁঐѹ POI ࢽؿձ ܹݦଜִ ִ߾ ܹݦ
ѹPOI ࢽؿɼ ݤѼТЬ.
Blue Link Call ࠆʹ୕ֱ
Blue Link ۾ਜ਼ծ ଛ POI ࢺؼ Щࡈ
Ըғ
1. Blue Link ࡠیࢇઝ (www.myhyndai.com)
ձ؏חଜࠆ ߾۰ ࡕଜЕPOI ࢽؿձ ʦۛଞ
୯ ८ԛࡳԻ ࢷܞଢТЬ.
2. ࢷܞ ୯ ८ԛ ݤѰࡶ ִ Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ POI
ЬࡋԻҖ ֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
POI ЩࡈԸғ ષ߳
3.YESձ ۴ଜࠆ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ POIּԼࡶ
ࢉଢТЬ.
POI նݘચ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ POI ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
POI չݛઝձ ۴ଜִ ۘۿ ࢽؿձ ࢉଟ
ܹ ݡТЬ.
POI նݘચ ୕ֱ
POI ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Downloaded POI] ۴
[View Map] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POIࢂ ࡢձ एѦ ۘ߾۰
ࢉ
[Call] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POIԻࢷʤ̛
[Delete] ୃࢢ ۴ѹ POI ࢽؿ ۍࢿ
Information
•̛قࢶࡳԻ POIּԼࡵ ୃࢢ ࡢձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ
Τज ܻ۰Ի ݤ ѼТЬ. փߟ ࣯ଭ ࣸࢉ ˁԻ
ࣱ̛ ӖЕ ЬࡋԻҖ ѹ ʠչձ ࣱ̛ࡳԻ ݤձ
ࡕଞЬִ Distance ӖЕ On Routeձ ۴ଜݫ
ݤࠝ.
•ΰٸʯࢇ܊߾۰ ̛࣑߾ ۶ࢽѹ ּࢶए߾ оଞ
ˁԻձ ۛ ࣸࢉ ˁࡉ߾Е एѦִࡳԻ ࢇѰ
ଟ ܹ ߷ݡТЬ. ˁԻ ۛ ࠬՎ ୯ Ьݤ ࢇࡈଥ
࣯ݫݤࠝ.
Poi ࢷ ࠉʼࡵ ٴՔઆݛձ ଜࠆ ࢷ̛ձ
ࠉʼଜ̛ Ҷח߾ ֠ࢵ, ٴՔઆݛ ࢷɼ ࠉʼѸ
߭ Еए ࢉ ଜࠆ ࣯ݫݤࠝ.
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Gas Station ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Gas Station] ۴
Gas Station նݘચ ୕ֱ
Gas Station ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Blue Link
ЩࡈԸғ Ѷ Restaurants ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Restaurants նݘચ ୕ֱ
Restaurants ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Restaurants ]۴
ːࡧѶ ˮࡿ ࢺؼ ୖࢆ
Location Sharing նݘચ ୕ֱ
Location Sharing ەۼ ࢺؼ ୕ֱ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[Location Sharing ]۴
έ ծ ˮʬ ࢴܛ
Blue Link POI
Օײԙਾ ϹիВ ࢄײऌ
Blue Link Call
୕ ࣵ ୕ֱ
1. Ԝࢂ [Blue Link POI] ੁձ ЀԜ Blue
Link܁ਫ਼Ի ࠉʼ
2.ࠉʼ ୯ Blue Link ܁ਫ਼ ۘжࡕ߾ʯ ΰ ࡢ
ձ ˱߾ʯ ࢷܞଟ ʨࡶ ࡁঐ
3.ΰ ࡢɼ ˱߾ʯ ࢷܞѻ
Blue Link
५Ԙ ࢺؼ ۭٵݘ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link|
۴ [Eco Driving] ۴
Eco Driving ୕ֱ
ࠆٵ ̍ԋଋ ૡ̎ࠉٸ(Community) оٸଞ 2.5ٗɾʸ
ࢂࠉٸࢽؿݤ
Average
Fuel
Economy
ݤѰ ୯ ८ԛ ࣯ଭ߾ Ҭհ ૡ̎ ࠉٸ
Fuel
Consumptio
n last 2.5
min
ফ̒ 2.5 ٗ Ѱ߇ࢂ ࠉٸ
Eco Reward ૡ̎ࠉٸؿЬ ࣚࡵ ࡋࢷࡶ ଜЕ ˁࡉ ࢺܹ
җ
Help ࠉٸ ̐Ԏ߾ оଞ ۘۿ ۶ָ ݤ
Eco Driving
ۭٵݘ րՋ ߇պ ѭ ५Ԙ ऎЬ ˅࢝ ߇պ
Blue Link ۰ٸݛ փՎ ݤࢺࢇ ɼ̧ࡓ ִࠝ,
Ьࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩ݤएɼ ݤ ѼТЬ.
۰ٸݛ փՎ ߊսࡵ ࡠیࢇઝ, ࢇ֩ࢊ ח
֩ݤएձ ଜࠆ ̛࣯ࢶࡳԻ ߇ΰѼТЬ.
८ԛ ۘ߾ оଞ ࢇۘࢇ ʃएѸִ ଥк ࢇۘ
߾ оଞ ߇ΰࠪ ࣏یତ߾ оଜࠆ ִ߾
ݤѼТЬ.
Blue Link
Eco Driving
८ԛࢂ չਐ ӖЕ ৪ࢉ ࢽؿɼ ܹݦѸִ Ь
ࡸ˕ ʋࡵ ֩ݤएɼ ݤѼТЬ.
১ૐࢆ ߇պ ષ߳
Blue Link ݡݘ੩ ࢺؼ
Press the [INFO] key |Blue Link| ۴
[System Info] ۴
System Info ୕ֱ
Model Blue Link ֻљ ࢇղ
Version Blue Link ଜҖ࡛߭ ܕઝ࡛߭ ؟ࢷ
MEID NO. Blue Link ݤݛ੬ ˈࡪ ء
Update
(USB) USBձଞBlue Link ݤݛ੬ ߶іࢇઝ
Blue Link
GPS Information
Information
• For continued map updates, information
gathering and surveys are conducted
continuously to monitor road changes or new
road constructions. Nonetheless, roads,
facilities, and fares are under constant change
and it is impossible to completely remove all
errors, including road updates, names, facilities,
and fares. Please keep such fact in mind when
using GPS.
• In principle, roads with widths less than 3m
are not included within the map data. Roads
with sections with widths less than 3m may be
deleted in future map data updates.
About GPS
GPS (Global Position System) :
GPS is a system developed and operated
by the United States that determines the
user’s current position (longitude • latitude,
etc) by using 4 or more satellites.
This system is used with related GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
provide navigation services
When GPS info cannot be used
GPS info may not operate under the
following conditions.
• When buildings, tunnels, or other
obstructions block satellite signals
• When materials are placed above the
GPS antenna and block satellite signals
• When the satellite is not transmitting
• When a digital cellular phone (1.5GHz)
is placed near the GPS antenna
Errors unavoidable due to
system characteristics
• The navigation system uses GPS
information, various sensors, road map
data, and other related information to
display the current position. Errors may
occur if the satellite is transmitting
inaccurate signals or only two or less
satellite signals can be received. Errors that
occur in such conditions cannot be corrected.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press the [INFO] key Select |ȿGPS Info|
Viewing GPS Info
The GPS reception and vehicle speed
information are displayed.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Help
Viewing Help
Press the [INFO] key Select |ȿHelp|
Help sections on the Navigation and
Bluetooth® features can be selected and
viewed.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
5Voice
Recognition
• Starting Voice Recognition
• Voice Command Lists
Starting Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
Say a command
Once voice recognition starts, the voice
command entry window and the six
representative commands are displayed.
If voice recognition is in [Normal Mode],
then the system will say “Please say a
command. Beep~”
• If voice recognition is in [Expert Mode],
then the system will only say a “Beep~”
(e.g. :screen displayed when ‘Help’ is stated)
• For proper recognition, say the command
after the voice instruction and beep tone.
Notice
Information
• To change the Normal/Expert setting, press
the [SETUP] key and enter the Voice
Recognition settings screen.
Skipping Prompt Messages
While prompt message is being stated
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The prompt message is immediately ended
and the beep tone will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
While system waits for a command
Shortly press the [ȿVR] key on the steering
remote controller (under 0.8 seconds)
The command wait state is immediately
ended and the beep ton will sound. After the
“beep”, say the voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Using Voice Recognition
Ending Voice Recognition
While Voice Recognition is operating
Press and hold the [ȿVR] key on the
steering remote controller (over 0.8 seconds)
While using voice command, pressing a
steering wheel remote control or a different
key will end voice command.
Information
̲In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or “end” to end
voice command.
̲In a state where the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the [ȿVR]
key on the steering remote controller to end
voice command.
Using Voice Recognition
Press the [ȿVR] key on the steering remote
controller. The voice command entry window
and the six representative commands are
displayed.
Information
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
‘Please say a command’ prompt will not be
provided. Only the ‘beep-’ will sound.
• If voice recognition is set to ‘Expert’, then the
six representative commands are not shown
on the screen.
• After the ‘Beep-’, the |ݛଔ৲| icon will change
to the |ࡸ۽ࢉݥیԆ| icon to indicate that a
command can now be stated.
Adjusting Voice Recognition
Volume
While Voice Recognition is operating
Turn the ೣVolume knob left/right to adjust
the voice recognition prompt volume
Using Voice Recognition
Illustration on Using Voice Recognition
(When Home is set as the destination)
Press the [ȿVR] key (under 0.8 seconds).
The system is await your command and
display a list of accessible commands on the
screen.
Please say a command
Destination
Destination
Please say a command
Go Home
Beep-
Beep-
Voice Command List
Voice Command List
Voice commands within this system are categorized into
“Common Commands” and “Mode Commands”.
• Common Commands (Ǹ) : commands that can be used in
all situations.
• Mode Commands (ɂ) : commands that can be used in
specific multimedia/navigation/Bluetooth mode states.
Information
Some commands will operate properly only when a USB, iPod,
Bluetooth or other device has been connected.
Command Operation
ǸHelp Displays the mail Help screen
ǸDestination Help Displays the Destination related command list
ǸMap Help Displays the Map related command list
ǸRadio Help Displays the FM/AM radio related command list
ǸXM Help Displays the XM radio related command list
ǸDisc Help Displays the DISC mode related command list for the disc inserted in the CD Player
ǸiPod Help Displays the iPod related command list
ǸUSB Help Displays the USB related command list
ǸPandora Help Displays the Pandora radio related command list
ǸPhone Help Displays the Phone related command list
Help Command List
Command Operation
ǸRadio Plays the most recent frequency for the most recently operated band
Ǹ(Radio) AM Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
Ǹ(Radio) FM Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band. In the case of FM, the most recent frequency within the most
recently played FM1 or FM2 band is Played
ǸFM1/FM2 Plays the most recent frequency for the corresponding band
ǸAM frequency <530~1710> Plays the desired AM band frequency
(ex : AM Frequency “Five-Hundred Thirty”)
ǸFM frequency <87.5~107.9> Plays the desired FM band frequency
(ex : FM Frequency “Eighty-Seven point Five”)
ǸAM Preset <1~6> Plays the desired AM band preset frequency
ǸFM1 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired FM1 band preset frequency
ǸFM2 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired FM2 band preset frequency
ɂPreset <1~6> Plays the desired preset frequency for the current band
ɂSeek Up Searches and plays the next frequency of the current band
ɂSeek Down Searches and plays the previous frequency of the current band
ɂPreset Up Plays the next preset frequency of the current band
ɂPreset Down Plays the previous preset frequency of the current
ɂAuto Store Searches all frequencies within the current band and stores the 6 frequencies with the most superior reception as preset
buttons
ɂScan On Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂPreset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
Audio System Command List
FM/AM Radio
Command Operation
ǸXM Plays the last channel within the last band from XM1, XM2, and XM3
ǸXM1/ XM2/ XM3 Plays the most recent channel for the corresponding Band
ǸXM Channel <1~255> Plays the desired XM band channel
(ex : XM channel “Eleven”)
ǸXM1 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM1 band
ǸXM2 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM2 band
ǸXM3 Preset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel for XM3 band
ɂChannel <1~255> Plays the desired channel of the current band
ɂPreset <1~6> Plays the desired preset channel of the current band
ɂChannel Up Plays the next channel of the current band
ɂChannel Down Plays the previous channel of the current band
ɂPreset Up Plays the next preset channel of the current band
ɂPreset Down Plays the previous preset channel of the current band
ɂScan On Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Preset Scan feature
ɂPreset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 5 seconds each
XM Radio
Command Operation
ǸCD If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ǸCD Track <1~99> If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is a CD, then CD Mode will start and plays the desired track
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext Track Plays the next track
ɂPrevious Track Plays the previous track
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current track
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Randomly plays the tracks within the CD
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random Play to play tracks in sequential order
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan feature
ɂTrack <1~99> Plays the desired track number
CD(Audio Type)
Command Operation
ǸCD If the DISC inserted in the CD Player is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next track
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous track
ɂNext Folder Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂRepeat Folder Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the CD in random order.
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle Folder Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂFolder Scan Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
CD(MP3 Type)
Command Operation
ǸUSB If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 or Image files within the USB
ǸUSB Music If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ǸPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next track
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous track
ɂNext Folder Plays the first file in the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂRepeat Folder Repeats all files in the current folder
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the USB in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle Folder Randomly plays the files within the current folder
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
ɂFolder Scan Plays all songs in the folder in which the current playing file is located for 10 seconds each
USB Music
Command Operation
ǸUSB If the DISC inserted in the CD plays is either a CD or MP3 DISC, then the CD or MP3 will be played
ǸUSB Image If the USB has been connected to the device, plays the MP3 files within the USB
ɂNext File Displays the next image file
ɂPrevious File Displays the previous image file
ɂNext Folder Displays the first image file within the next folder
ɂPrevious Folder Displays the first image file within the previous folder
USB Image
Command Operation
ǸiPod Plays the songs within the iPod if the iPod has been connected to the device
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext Song Plays the next song
ɂPrevious Song Plays the previous song
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
iPod
Command Operation
ǸMy Music Plays the songs within the My Music
ɂPlay Plays the currently paused song
ɂPause Pauses the current song
ɂNext File Plays the next file
ɂPrevious File Plays the previous file
ɂRepeat On Repeats the current file
ɂRepeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential order
ɂShuffle On Plays all files within the current category in random order
ɂShuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential order
ɂScan On Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each
ɂScan Off Ends the currently operating Scan or Folder Scan feature
My Music
Others
Phone Command List
Command Operation
ǸAudio On Turns on the Audio/Video
ǸAudio Off Turns off the Audio/Video
ǸBluetooth Audio Plays Bluetooth Audio
ǸAuxiliary Plays the connected auxiliary device
ǸBlue Link Displays the Blue Link mode screen
Command Operation
ǸCall Name Makes the call to the name
ǸCall <Name> Call <Name> saved in Contacts
(ex: Call "John")
ǸDial Number Makes the call to the number
ǸDial <Number> Call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers
(ex: Dial “123”)
ǸContacts Displays list of saved contacts. Say the name to connect the call to the corresponding contact.
ǸRecent Calls The user can select a number from the outgoingヤincomingヤand missed calls
ǸRedial Connects the most recently called number
Ĝ$NWG.KPMĜ KUCPQRVKQPCNHGCVWTG
Navigation Command List
Command Operation
ǸFind Address Sets the destination through address search for route guidance
ǸPrevious Destination Sets one of the previous destination as the current destination
ǸPrevious Searches Sets one of the previous searches as the current destination
ǸFind Nearest POI Sets a POI near the current position as the destination for route guidance through POI category search
ǸFind the Nearest < POI Name>
Sets a POI near the current position as the destination by directly inputting the POI name for route guidance
(ex: Find the Nearest "Restaurants'')
POI Category listヤPage ##
ǸDestination POI by Phone
Number Sets the destination by searching the phone number of the facility
ǸFind Emergency Police Station Searches for an emergency Police Station which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for r
ǸFind Emergency Hospital Searches for an emergency Hospital which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for route!
ǸFind Emergency Dealership Searches for an emergency Dealership which is nearby the current position and sets it as the destination for rout
ǸMy Places Sets one of the list of previously registered addresses in the My Places for the user as the destination
ǸGo Home Sets the previously registered home address as the destination for route guidance
ǸGo to Office Sets the previously registered office address as the destination for route guidance
ǸPrevious Start Position Sets the previous start position as the current destination
ǸFavorite Place < 1 ~ 5 > Sets a previously registered favorite place as the destination for route guidance
&GUVKPCVKQP
Command Operation
ǸMap Current Location Displays the current position of the vehicle.
ǸVoice Guidance On Turns the Voice Guidance On
ǸVoice Guidance Off Turns the Voice Guidance Off
ǸVoice Guidance Lauder Increases the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
ǸVoice Guidance Softer Decrease the Voice Guidance volume by 1 level
ǸRepeat Voice Guidance Repeats the route guidance
ǸCancel Route Deletes the designated destination and terminates the route guidance
ǸDetour <1ヤ2ヤ5, 10> mile(s) Searches detour routes within a <Iヤ2ヤ5ヤ10> mile radius
ǸDetour <Iヤ2, 5, 10> kilometer(s) Searches detour routes within a <Iヤ2ヤ5ヤ10> kilometer radius
ǸDistance to Destination Reports the remaining distance until destination by voice
ǸTime to Destination Reports the remaining time until destination by voice
ǸStore Marked Location to <Text Tag>
(ex: Store Marked Location to "User I" Registers the selected location into the selected Address book
ǸReplan Fastest Route Recalculates the route with the fastest route
ǸReplan Shortest Route Recalculates the route with the shortest route
ǸZoom In / Zoom Out Decreases/Increases the map zoom by one level
ǸZoom <Scale>
Displays the map in the corresponding zoom
<scale> : 150, 300, 700 feet/0.25, 0.5 miles/1 mile/2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 130, 250 miles
50, 100, 200, 400, 800 meters/1.6, 3.2, 6.4, 12, 25, 50, 100, 200, 400 kilometers
ǸZoom Minimum Displays the map screen in the maximum zoom level
ǸZoom Maximum Displays the map screen in the minimum zoom level
ǸView Route If the destination has been setヤdisplays the whole route screen until the destination
/CR
Command Operation
ǸXM Traffic Displays XM Traffic information on the screen
ǸAuto Zoom On Turns the Auto Zoom feature on
ǸAuto Zoom Off Turns the Auto Zoom feature off
ǸAuto Mode Converts the map display is between daylight/night modes automatically
ǸDaylight Mode Converts the map display into daylight mode
ǸNight Mode Converts the map display into night mode
ǸNorth Up Displays the map in North Up mode
ǸHeading Up Displays the map in Heading Up mode
Restaurants Rest Area Pharmacy Court House
African Restaurants Road Assistance Shoe Store Fire Department
American Restaurants Travel Shopping Center Government Offices
Asian Restaurants Airport Sporting Goods Store Library
Chinese Restaurants Bus Station Recreation Police Station
Coffee Shop Campground Amusement Park Post Office
Continental Restaurants City Center Cinema School
Fast Food Ferry Terminal Golf Course Utilities
French Restaurants Hotel Museum Waste & Sanitary
Italian Restaurants Local Transit Recreation Area Services
Japanese Restaurants Rental Car Agency Ski Resort Attorney
Korean Restaurants Tourist Attraction Sports Activities Cleaning & Laundry
Latin American Restaurants Tourist Information Sports Complex Communication Services
Mexican Restaurants Train Station Video & Game Rental Dentist
Seafood Restaurants Travel Agent Winery Funeral Home
Vegetarian Restaurants Shopping Other Recreation Hair & Beauty
Other Restaurants Bookstore Financial Services Hospital
Automotive Clothing Shop ATM Medical Service
Auto Parts Convenience Store Bank Mover Services
Auto Service Department Store Business Facility Photography
Automobile Dealership Electronics Store Check Cashing Service Physician
Car Wash Gift Shop Money Transfer Social Service
Gas Station Grocery Store Community Tailor & Alteration
Hyundai Dealership Hardware Store City Hall Tax Service
Motorcycle Dealership Home Specialty Store Civic Center
Parking Music Store Convention, Center
POI Category List
4Bluetooth®
Handsfree
• Before Use
• Basic Mode Screen
• Using Bluetooth
Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance wireless networking
technology which uses a 2.45GHz frequency to connect
various devices within a certain distance.
Supported within PCs, external devices, Bluetooth®
phones, PDAs, various electronic devices, and automotive
environments, Bluetooth® allows data to be transmitted at
high speeds without having to use a connector cable.
Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a device which allows the
user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth®
mobile phones through the Navigation system.
The Bluetooth handsfree feature may not be supported in
some mobile phones.
For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Before Use
Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers
to practice safe driving. Connecting the head unit with a
Bluetooth® phone allows the user to conveniently make
calls, receive calls, and manage the phone book. Before
using the Bluetooth®, carefully read the contents of this
user’s manual.
Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to
negligent driving practices and be the cause of accidents.
Do not operate the device excessively while driving.
Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is
dangerous and may lead to accidents. When driving, view
the screen only for short periods of time.
Before using the Bluetooth® Handsfree
What is Bluetooth®?
Precautions for safe driving
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone,
check to see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth®
features.
Even if the phone supports Bluetooth®, the phone will not be
found during device searches if the phone has been set to
hidden state or the Bluetooth® power is turned off. Disable
the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth® power prior to
searching/connecting with the Head unit.
If Auto Connection is used, the Bluetooth® phone is
automatically connected when the ignition is turned on,
making it unnecessary to have to connect the phone with the
head unit every time.
If you do not want automatic connection with your
Bluetooth® device, turn the Bluetooth® power off.
To set Auto Connection, go to [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAuto Connection Setting|
The car name can be set at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAdvanced Settings| |ȿDevice Information|.
The passkey needed to connect the mobile phone can
be verified/changed at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAdvanced Settings| |ȿChange Passkey|.
If the Bluetooth® audio does not play, go to [Setup]
|ȿBluetooth| |ȿStreaming Audio Setting|. If the feature
is set to |Off|, turn |On| and try again.
Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the
mobile phone.
Bluetooth® connection may become intermittently
disconnected in some mobile phones. Follow these steps to
try again.
1. Turn the Bluetooth® function within the mobile phone
off/on and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power Off/On and try again.
3. Completely remove the mobile phone battery, reboot,
and then again.
4. Reboot the Audio Video Navigation System and try again.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair and try again.
The handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending
on the mobile phone.
Pairing Bluetooth devices and use of other Bluetooth
features are not supported when the vehicle is in motion.
For safety, please first park your vehicle.
Cautions upon connecting Bluetooth® phone
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
1
2
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or press the [PHONE] Press
|Yes|
Basic Mode Screen
Information
• Press the |Help| button within the pop-up to
view the help section with information related
to pairing and connecting Bluetooth® devices,
and using Handsfree related features.
• The same Help section can be viewed by
going to |ȿInfo| |ȿHelp| |ȿBluetooth|.
When no phones have been
paired
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Pairing from the Bluetooth® Device
Press the |Add New Device| button
Select car name Enter passkey
From the Bluetooth® device, search for
the car name and pair the device.
When searching from the Bluetooth® device,
the car name is Santa Fe and the default
passkey is ‘0000’.
Information
• To learn more about searching from
Bluetooth® devices and pairing, refer to the
user's manual for your Bluetooth® device.
• Bluetooth® devices cannot be paired when
the vehicle is in motion. For your safety, first
park the vehicle to pair a Bluetooth® device.
Press the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller or the [PHONE] key Press |Yes|
Select the device from the device list
Press |Connect|
Basic Mode Screen
Press the |Add New| button to pair a new
Bluetooth® device.
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
When pairing additional device
When a phone is already paired
Information
• When a Bluetooth® device is connected,
a new device cannot be paired.
If you want to pair a new phone, first
disconnect the connected Bluetooth®
device.
• Select the device you want to connect
and press the |Connect| button.
• If the phone you want to connect does
not exist, press the |Add New| button to
pair a new Bluetooth® device.
Name Description
Help
Help section related to
pairing and
connecting/disconnecting
Bluetooth® devices and
Handsfree phone features
Add New Pair a new Bluetooth®
device
Connect /
Disconnect
Connect or disconnect a
Bluetooth® device
Delete Delete a paired Bluetooth®
Device
Delete All Delete all paired Bluetooth®
Devices
Auto
Connection
Set Bluetooth® auto
connection when car ignition
is turned on
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
When there is a connected device
Name Description
Info Display
Window Displays name of currently connected device
Send
If no number has been entered, switches to call
history screen
If a number has been entered, calls the number
End
If a number has been entered, deletes the
number
During a call, ends the current call
Dial Pad
Used to enter the phone number
Press the hold |0| to enter a ‘+’
Press the hold |1| ~ |9| to connect to the
speed dial saved within the mobile phone
Favorites Displays the Favorites list screen
Delete Deletes entered numbers one digit at a time
Contacts Displays contacts list screen
Connections Displays the Bluetooth® device Connections
screen
Remaining
Battery
Displays the remaining battery for the connected
Bluetooth® device
Call Signal
Strength Displays the call signal strength
Press the |೨| key on the steering remote controller or the
[PHONE] key on the head unit to display the following screen
Enter the phone number you wish to call and press the |ȿSend|
button
Information
• The mobile phone battery and signal strength icons may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
• The remaining battery level displayed on your mobile phone battery
icon may slightly differ with the device display.
• The speed dial feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
1
23 5 6
8
7
910
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
During a call Name Description
Info
Display
Window
Displays other party’s name/number. If there is a
call waiting, displays call waiting information
Switch If there is a call waiting, switches the current call
and connects the waiting call
End Ends call
Dial Pad Used to enter phone number
Contacts Displays the Contacts screen
Private
During a handsfree call, this function is used to
switch the call to the mobile phone
Upon switching the call to Private, the vehicle mic
and speaker will turn off to allow a private
conversation through the mobile phone
Outgoing
Vol.
Adjusts outgoing volume during calls
Sets call volume as heard by the other party
(Levels 0~5) The outgoing volume may be heard
differently depending on the connected
Bluetooth® device
The name of the other party is displayed if the number is saved
within your contacts. If not, only the phone number is displayed.
During a call, the other party's name/number and the call time
are displayed.
Information
• The telephone number may not be displayed in some mobile phones.
Using Bluetooth®
Status Bar Icons
Name Description
ȿMutes call volume
ȿBluetooth® phone call state
ȿMobile phone contacts or call history download status
ȿA state when Bluetooth® Handsfree and streaming Audio is all
connected
ȿState when Bluetooth® streaming Audio is connected
ȿState when Bluetooth®Handsfree is connected
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Enter number on the dial pad Press
the |೨Send | or the [೨] key on the steering
remote controller.
Enter the 1 or 2 digit speed dial number
with the Dial Pad Press and hold the
last number
Making a call from Speed Dial
Making/Answering Calls
Information
• For speed dials saved within mobile
phones, up to 2 digits are supported.
• Saving or changing speed dial numbers
through the head unit is not supported.
Calling by dialing a number
If you press the |೨Send | button without
entering a number, the Call History
screen is displayed
Press and hold the dial pad |0 +| (over
0.8 seconds) to enter a "+".
Information
• Most audio and SETUP mode features will
not operate during a Bluetooth® handsfree call.
Only the call volume and Navigation mode
screen can be operated.
Name Description
Send Calls the entered phone
number
End Deletes all entered numbers
Favorites Displays the Favorites list
screen
2 3
1
1
2
3
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Press the hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
|೨Send| button or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller
Information
• Calling through the call history is not possible
when there is no call history or the Bluetooth®
phone has not been connected.
• Within the call history screen, press the
Download button to |download| the call history
saved in your mobile phone into the vehicle.
• For more information on downloading call
histories, refer to the “Call History
Downloading Call History” section.
Calling through Redial
Using Bluetooth®
Information
• Redialing is not possible when there is
no call history or the Bluetooth® phone
has not been connected.
Press the |೨Send | button or the [೨] Key on
the steering remote controller Select the
call list Press |Call|
Making a call from Call history
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Incoming call notice Press the
|Accept| button or the |೨| key on the
steering remote controller.
Answering a call Information
• When the incoming call pop-up is displayed,
most functions within audio and SETUP mode
will not operate. Only the call volume and
Navigation screens can be operated.
• The telephone number may not be displayed
in some mobile phones.
Incoming call notice Press the |Reject|
button or the |೨| key on the steering remote
controller.
Rejecting a call
When a call is received on the connected
phone, the bell will sound and the phone
number of the other party will be displayed
on the incoming call pop-up, as shown here.
Information
• The reject call function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
During handsfree call Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
During call on mobile phone Press the
|̰Private| button or press and hold the [೨]
key (over 0.8 seconds) on the steering
remote controller.
Switching Call to the Handsfree
Operating Menus during a Call
Switching Call to the Bluetooth® phone
The call will be switched from the handsfree
to the Bluetooth® mobile phone.
Information
• The Private function may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
Using Bluetooth®
The call will be switched from the
Bluetooth® mobile phone to the car
handsfree.
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
While on a call Press the |೨End| button or
the [೨] Key on the steering remote controller.
If there is waiting call, press the [೨] key on
the steering remote controller (under 0.8
seconds) or press the |೨Switch| button on
the Phone screen.
Switching to Call Waiting
Information
• Call waiting is a feature that allows the caller
to answer a second call while already on a call.
When call waiting is used, the first call is
placed on waiting mode.
• The Switch to Call Waiting feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
Ending a call
Name Description
Hold 1st
call
Places current call on call
waiting and answer new call
End 1st
call
Ends current call and answer
new call
Reject
Rejects new call and
maintains
current call
Switch
If there is a call waiting,
switches to the waiting call
waiting call
The Bluetooth® handsfree call will end.
If another person calls while you are already
on a call, the current call must be
placed on hold or ended to answer the
new call.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
While on a call Select |Outgoing Vol.|
Set Outgoing Volume Press |OK|
While on a call Use the ೣVOL knob on
the head unit or the [VOL+], [VOL-] keys
on the steering remote controller to adjust
the ring/call volume.
Adjusting the Ring/Call Volume
Information
• The volume heard by the other party may
differ depending on the mobile phone. If call
volume heard by the other party is too low or
too high, first adjust the volume setting.
Setting Mic volume
If you press the |̰Mute| button, the
outgoing volume is muted and blocked to
the other party.
Using Bluetooth®
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Contacts
Press the [PHONE] key on the head unit or the [೨] key on the
steering remote controller Press |ȿContacts|
Information
• For contacts, up to 5,000 entries can be saved for each paired
Bluetooth® device.
• Contacts can be viewed only when a Bluetooth device has been
connected.
• If there are numerous list entries, selecting the list page area will
move to the corresponding list page.
• It is possible to download contacts during a call or while operating
Bluetooth® streaming audio mode.
• When downloading contacts, the |ȿcontacts download| icon will be
displayed within the status bar.
• It is not possible to download contacts when the contacts download
setting has been turned off within your Bluetooth® device.
• In addition, some devices may require device authorization to
download contacts.
• If downloading cannot be normally conducted, check the Bluetooth®
device settings or the screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones.
Check to see that the Bluetooth® device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone compatibility, visit the
Hyundai Motor website (http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Name Description
Search Search car contacts and mobile phone contacts
(Search by name or number)
Download Download contacts from Bluetooth® device
Bluetooth®
Device
Name
Name of connected Bluetooth® device
List page Displays total list pages and current list page
(List page jump upon selecting scroll area)
Download
source
Displays whether contacts were downloaded from
the mobile phone or SIM
Information
• Mobile phone contacts can be searched only when a Bluetooth® device is connected.
• Up to 5,000 contacts from your Bluetooth® phone or SIM can be downloaded into the car contacts. Contacts that have been downloaded
to the car cannot be edited or deleted.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired Bluetooth® device (max 5 devices x 5,000 contacts each). Previously
downloaded data will be stored even if the Bluetooth® device has been disconnected. (However, the contacts and call history saved
to the phone will be deleted if the paired phone is deleted.)
• Downloaded contacts could be lost depending on the state of the head unit. Always make sure to back up important data.
Using Bluetooth®
Mobile Contacts Screen Configuration
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Press the |Download| button from the
Contacts screen Press |Yes|
Select the desired phone number from the
mobile contacts list to check details about
the number.
Checking Mobile Contacts Details
Information
• Upon downloading mobile phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported in some
mobile phones.
• Upon downloading, contacts saved in your
SIM and mobile phone are simultaneously
downloaded.
• To change the contacts download settings,
change the following menu setting.
[Setup] |ȿBluetooth| |ȿContacts
Download Setting|
• When using Contacts Sync, the contacts
and call histories within your mobile phone are
automatically downloaded upon connecting
Bluetooth®.
If you do not wish to use this feature, turn this
feature off at [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿContacts Sync Setting|.
Downloading Mobile Phone Contacts
Information
• Time required to download contacts may
differ depending on your mobile phone model
or data size.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Select number from the Contacts screen
Within the details screen, press |Add as
Favorite|
Adding as a Favorite
Information
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added.
• Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ȿFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
Using Bluetooth®
ࢇए ء ্ࣛࢇए
Saved Favorites can be viewed by pressing
the |ȿFavorites| button in the Phone screen.
In Phone screenPress |ȿFavorites|
Select the desired Favorite Call
connected
In Favorites screen Press |Delete Items|
Select items you want to delete and press
|Delete| Press |Yes|
Selecting/Deleting Favorites
Favorites
Calling Favorites
Information
• Favorites can be added through Phone
|ȿContacts| Select contact |Add as
Favorite|.
• Up to 8 Favorites can be added and Favorites
can be used only when a Bluetooth device has
been connected.
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
In Phone screen Press |Search| Press the |̰Search by Name button|
Enter name and press |Search|
Information
• When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the name.
Searching Contacts
Using Bluetooth®
Information
When searching a number, it is possible to
search by entering just a part of the entire
number.
(ex: if you enter “1544”, all numbers that
include “1544” will be searched.)
Searching by NumberSearch by Name
Press the |̰Search by Number| button
Enter number and press |Search|
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Within the Phone screen, press the |೨Send|
button or the [೨] key on the steering remote
controller.
Call History Screen Configuration
Call History
Entering Call History Screen
Information
The call history may not be saved in the call
history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will not
be saved in the call history list.
Name Description
Dialed Call Displays the outgoing call
history list
Received
Call
Displays the incoming call
history list
Missed Call Displays the missed call
history list
Download Downloads call history from
mobile phone
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Within the Call History screen, press the
|Download| button.
Information
• Up to 20 dialed, incoming, and missed call
history lists can each be downloaded.
The dialed/incoming time and call time
information are not supported.
• Sorting all call histories by time is not
supported.
• It is possible to download call history even
during a call or during Bluetooth® streaming
audio.
• When downloading call histories, the
|̰contact download| icon will be displayed
within the status bar.
• It is not possible to commence download
when the call history download feature is
turned off within the Bluetooth® device. Also
some devices may require device authorization
upon attempting to download call history. If
downloading cannot be normally conducted,
check the Bluetooth® device settings or the
screen state.
• The download feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. Check to see that the
Bluetooth® device supports the download
feature.
• For more information on mobile phone
compatibility, visit the Hyundai Motor website
(http://www.hyundaiusa.com).
Downloading Call History
Using Bluetooth®
Within the Call History screen, select the list.
Viewing Call History Information
Name Description
Download Download call histories from
mobile phone
Call Calls the number
Delete Deletes the call history
1
2
3
1
2
3
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Press the |ȿConnections| button on the
Phone screen.
Connections Menu
Setting Bluetooth® Connection
Function Description
Help Displays Bluetooth®
Help screen
Add New Pairs a new Bluetooth®
device
Connect/
Disconnect
Connects/disconnects
a Bluetooth® device
Delete Deletes a paired
Bluetooth® device
Delete All Deletes all paired
Bluetooth® devices
Auto Connection
Sets Bluetooth® device
auto connection when
car ignition is turned on
Paired device list Shows list of paired
Bluetooth® devices
Streaming
connection state
Shows Bluetooth®
Streaming connection
state
Handsfree
connection state
Shows Bluetooth®
Handsfree connection
state
Connecting a Device
ࠉʼଜˈ ଜЕ ̛̛ ۴ ୯
|Connections| ؟ટ ۴
ળઝ ࢇए ء ࡉ্ࢇए
ળઝ
• When a Bluetooth® device is being connected,
the connection process cannot be canceled.
• Only Bluetooth® Handsfree and Bluetooth®
audio related features will operate within this
system.
• Normal operation is possible only for devices
that support handsfree or audio features, such as
a Bluetooth® mobile phone or a Bluetooth®
audio device.
• Only one function can be used at a time
between the Bluetooth® handsfree and
Bluetooth® audio. (While playing Bluetooth®
audio, streaming will end upon entering the
Bluetooth® phone screen.)
• If a connected Bluetooth® device becomes
disconnected for various reasons, such as being
out of range, turning the device OFF, or a
Bluetooth® communication error, Bluetooth®
devices are automatically searched and
connected.
• If the system becomes unstable due to
communication errors between the vehicle and
the Bluetooth® device, reset the Bluetooth® and
try again. Upon resetting Bluetooth®, the system
is restored to its factory release state. Press the
[SETUP] key |ȿBluetooth| |ȿAdvanced
Settings| |ȿRestore Factory Settings|
The Phone screen is displayed once a
Bluetooth® Handsfree is connected while
the Bluetooth® Audio screen is displayed
once streaming Audio is connected.
Pairing a New Device
Using Bluetooth®
For more information on pairing, refer to
the ‘When no phones have been paired’
section.
Information
• Bluetooth® features supported within the
vehicle are as follows. Some features may not
be supported depending on your Bluetooth®
device.
- Answering and placing Bluetooth®
Handsfree calls
- Menu operation during call (Switch to Private,
Switch to call waiting, Outgoing volume)
-Download Call History
-Download Mobile Contacts
-Download SIM Contacts
-Contacts/ Call History Auto Download
-Bluetooth® device auto connection
-Playing Bluetooth ® Streaming Audio
• It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth®
devices to the car system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired while a
Bluetooth® device is already connected.
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
Select the device you wish to disconnect
Press |Disconnect| Press |Yes|
Disconnecting a Device
Deleting a Device
Select the device you want to delete
Press |Delete| Press |Yes|
A device cannot be deleted if it is
connected.
To delete a paired device, first disconnect
the Bluetooth® connection.
Press |Delete All| to delete all paired
Bluetooth® devices.
Information
• If a paired phone is deleted, its call history
and contacts lists will also be deleted.
ળઝ / ࢇए ء (ࡉ্ࢇए)
ળઝ
Press the |Auto Connection| button Select
the desired option Set and press |Done|
Setting Auto Connection
Information
• The Auto Connection button is a shortcut
menu to go to [Setup] |ȿBluetooth|
|ȿAuto Connection Settings|
• If you press the |Setting| button next to the
|User Selected Phone| and |Connect by
Priority| options, you can designate the phone
you wish to connect or set the phone priority.
If auto connection is turned on, a Bluetooth®
device will automatically be connected
according to the set option when the car
ignition is turned on.
Name Description
Disable Auto
Connection Disables auto connection
Previously
Connected
Phone
Auto connection with the
previously connected
Bluetooth® phone
User Selected
Phone
Automatically connects to
a user selected
Bluetooth® device
Connect by
Priority
Automatically connects
according to the set
Bluetooth® phone priority
Using Bluetooth®
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
ࢇए ء (্ࣛࢇए)
9-17
APPENDIX
M & SOFT AMERICA MAP CENTER
TEL : 888-757-0010
WEBSITE : www.mapnsoft.com
MAP DATABASE HOTLINE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
ˍ Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
ˍ Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
ˍ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
ˍ Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this
equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
,I&:DUQLQJ
7KLVGHYLFHFRPSOLHVZLWK,QGXVWU\&DQDGDOLFHQFHH[HPSW566VWDQGDUGV
2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQVWKLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
WKLVGHYLFHPXVWDFFHSWDQ\LQWHUIHUHQFHLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\FDXVHXQGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQRIWKHGHYLFH
/HSUpVHQWDSSDUHLOHVWFRQIRUPHDX[&15G,QGXVWULH&DQDGDDSSOLFDEOHVDX[DSSDUHLOVUDGLRH[HPSWVGHOLFHQFH
/H[SORLWDWLRQHVWDXWRULVpHDX[GHX[FRQGLWLRQVVXLYDQWHVODSSDUHLOQHGRLWSDVSURGXLUHGHEURXLOODJHHW
OXWLOLVDWHXUGHODSSDUHLOGRLWDFFHSWHUWRXWEURXLOODJHUDGLRpOHFWULTXHVXEL
PrPHVLOHEURXLOODJHHVWVXVFHSWLEOHGHQFRPSURPHWWUHOHIRQFWLRQQHPHQW
7KLVHTXLSPHQWFRPSOLHVZLWK)&&UDGLDWLRQH[SRVXUHOLPLWVVHWIRUWKIRUDQXQFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQW
7KLVHTXLSPHQWVKRXOGEHLQVWDOOHGDQGRSHUDWHGZLWKPLQLPXPFPEHWZHHQWKHUDGLDWRUDQG\RXUERG\
7KLVWUDQVPLWWHUPXVWQRWEHFROORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHUXQOHVVDXWKRUL]HGWRGRVRE\WKH)&&